Logo Search packages:      
Sourcecode: firefox-3.1 version File versions

sqlite3.c

/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.3.17.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a one translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% are more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines
** the programming interface to the SQLite library.  (If you do not have 
** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy in the first
** 1885 lines past this header comment.)  Additional code files may be
** needed if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of
** programming language.  The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell
** is also in a separate file.  This file contains only code for the core
** SQLite library.
**
** This amalgamation was generated on 2007-04-25 12:08:23 UTC.
*/
#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
** presents to client programs.
**
** @(#) $Id: sqlite3.c,v 1.4 2007/06/22 01:30:16 julien.pierre.bugs%sun.com Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
#define _SQLITE3_H_
#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */

/*
** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
*/
#if 0
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
** The version of the SQLite library.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
# undef SQLITE_VERSION
#endif
#define SQLITE_VERSION         "3.3.17"

/*
** The format of the version string is "X.Y.Z<trailing string>", where
** X is the major version number, Y is the minor version number and Z
** is the release number. The trailing string is often "alpha" or "beta".
** For example "3.1.1beta".
**
** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is an integer with the value 
** (X*100000 + Y*1000 + Z). For example, for version "3.1.1beta", 
** SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is set to 3001001. To detect if they are using 
** version 3.1.1 or greater at compile time, programs may use the test 
** (SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3001001).
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
#endif
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3003017

/*
** The version string is also compiled into the library so that a program
** can check to make sure that the lib*.a file and the *.h file are from
** the same version.  The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer
** to the sqlite3_version variable - useful in DLLs which cannot access
** global variables.
*/
extern const char sqlite3_version[];
const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);

/*
** Return the value of the SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER macro when the
** library was compiled.
*/
int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);

/*
** Each open sqlite database is represented by an instance of the
** following opaque structure.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;


/*
** Some compilers do not support the "long long" datatype.  So we have
** to do a typedef that for 64-bit integers that depends on what compiler
** is being used.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
#else
  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
#endif

/*
** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
** substitute integer for floating-point
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define double sqlite_int64
#endif

/*
** A function to close the database.
**
** Call this function with a pointer to a structure that was previously
** returned from sqlite3_open() and the corresponding database will by closed.
**
** All SQL statements prepared using sqlite3_prepare() or
** sqlite3_prepare16() must be deallocated using sqlite3_finalize() before
** this routine is called. Otherwise, SQLITE_BUSY is returned and the
** database connection remains open.
*/
int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *);

/*
** The type for a callback function.
*/
typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);

/*
** A function to executes one or more statements of SQL.
**
** If one or more of the SQL statements are queries, then
** the callback function specified by the 3rd parameter is
** invoked once for each row of the query result.  This callback
** should normally return 0.  If the callback returns a non-zero
** value then the query is aborted, all subsequent SQL statements
** are skipped and the sqlite3_exec() function returns the SQLITE_ABORT.
**
** The 1st parameter is an arbitrary pointer that is passed
** to the callback function as its first parameter.
**
** The 2nd parameter to the callback function is the number of
** columns in the query result.  The 3rd parameter to the callback
** is an array of strings holding the values for each column.
** The 4th parameter to the callback is an array of strings holding
** the names of each column.
**
** The callback function may be NULL, even for queries.  A NULL
** callback is not an error.  It just means that no callback
** will be invoked.
**
** If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating the SQL (but
** not while executing the callback) then an appropriate error
** message is written into memory obtained from malloc() and
** *errmsg is made to point to that message.  The calling function
** is responsible for freeing the memory that holds the error
** message.   Use sqlite3_free() for this.  If errmsg==NULL,
** then no error message is ever written.
**
** The return value is is SQLITE_OK if there are no errors and
** some other return code if there is an error.  The particular
** return value depends on the type of error. 
**
** If the query could not be executed because a database file is
** locked or busy, then this function returns SQLITE_BUSY.  (This
** behavior can be modified somewhat using the sqlite3_busy_handler()
** and sqlite3_busy_timeout() functions below.)
*/
int sqlite3_exec(
  sqlite3*,                     /* An open database */
  const char *sql,              /* SQL to be executed */
  sqlite3_callback,             /* Callback function */
  void *,                       /* 1st argument to callback function */
  char **errmsg                 /* Error msg written here */
);

/*
** Return values for sqlite3_exec() and sqlite3_step()
*/
#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
/* beginning-of-error-codes */
#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* NOT USED. Internal logic error in SQLite */
#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* NOT USED. Table or record not found */
#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* NOT USED. Database lock protocol error */
#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* NOT USED. Too much data for one row */
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to contraint violation */
#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
/* end-of-error-codes */

/*
** Using the sqlite3_extended_result_codes() API, you can cause
** SQLite to return result codes with additional information in
** their upper bits.  The lower 8 bits will be the same as the
** primary result codes above.  But the upper bits might contain
** more specific error information.
**
** To extract the primary result code from an extended result code,
** simply mask off the lower 8 bits.
**
**        primary = extended & 0xff;
**
** New result error codes may be added from time to time.  Software
** that uses the extended result codes should plan accordingly and be
** sure to always handle new unknown codes gracefully.
**
** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
** be exactly zero.
**
** The extended result codes always have the primary result code
** as a prefix.  Primary result codes only contain a single "_"
** character.  Extended result codes contain two or more "_" characters.
*/
#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ          (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ    (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC     (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE      (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT         (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK        (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK        (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE        (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))

/*
** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
*/
int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);

/*
** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique integer key.  (The key is
** the value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column if there is such a column,
** otherwise the key is generated automatically.  The unique key is always
** available as the ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ column.)  The following routine
** returns the integer key of the most recent insert in the database.
*/
sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);

/*
** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
** (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent SQL statement.  Only
** changes that are directly specified by the INSERT, UPDATE, or
** DELETE statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
** triggers are not counted.   Within the body of a trigger, however,
** the sqlite3_changes() API can be called to find the number of
** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
** statement within the body of the trigger.
**
** All changes are counted, even if they were later undone by a
** ROLLBACK or ABORT.  Except, changes associated with creating and
** dropping tables are not counted.
**
** If a callback invokes sqlite3_exec() or sqlite3_step() recursively,
** then the changes in the inner, recursive call are counted together
** with the changes in the outer call.
**
** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
** through and deleting individual elements form the table.)  Because of
** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be
** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the
** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
*/
int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);

/*
** This function returns the number of database rows that have been
** modified by INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statements since the database handle
** was opened. This includes UPDATE, INSERT and DELETE statements executed
** as part of trigger programs. All changes are counted as soon as the
** statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle is
** passed to sqlite3_reset() or sqlite_finalise()).
**
** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
** through and deleting individual elements form the table.)  Because of
** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be
** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the
** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
*/
int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);

/* This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
** return at its earliest opportunity.  This routine is typically
** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
** immediately.
**
** It is safe to call this routine from a different thread that the
** thread that is currently running the database operation. 
*/
void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);


/* These functions return true if the given input string comprises
** one or more complete SQL statements. For the sqlite3_complete() call,
** the parameter must be a nul-terminated UTF-8 string. For
** sqlite3_complete16(), a nul-terminated machine byte order UTF-16 string
** is required.
**
** This routine is useful for command-line input to see of the user has
** entered a complete statement of SQL or if the current statement needs
** to be continued on the next line.  The algorithm is simple.  If the 
** last token other than spaces and comments is a semicolon, then return 
** true.  Actually, the algorithm is a little more complicated than that
** in order to deal with triggers, but the basic idea is the same:  the
** statement is not complete unless it ends in a semicolon.
*/
int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);

/*
** This routine identifies a callback function that is invoked
** whenever an attempt is made to open a database table that is
** currently locked by another process or thread.  If the busy callback
** is NULL, then sqlite3_exec() returns SQLITE_BUSY immediately if
** it finds a locked table.  If the busy callback is not NULL, then
** sqlite3_exec() invokes the callback with two arguments.  The
** first argument to the handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
** is the third argument to this routine.  The second argument to
** the handler is the number of times that the busy handler has
** been invoked for this locking event.  If the
** busy callback returns 0, then sqlite3_exec() immediately returns
** SQLITE_BUSY.  If the callback returns non-zero, then sqlite3_exec()
** tries to open the table again and the cycle repeats.
**
** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that
** it will be invoked when there is lock contention.
** If SQLite determines that invoking the busy handler could result in
** a deadlock, it will return SQLITE_BUSY instead.
** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
** SQLite returns SQLITE_BUSY for the first process, hoping that this
** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
** the second process to proceed.
**
** The default busy callback is NULL.
**
** Sqlite is re-entrant, so the busy handler may start a new query. 
** (It is not clear why anyone would every want to do this, but it
** is allowed, in theory.)  But the busy handler may not close the
** database.  Closing the database from a busy handler will delete 
** data structures out from under the executing query and will 
** probably result in a coredump.
*/
int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);

/*
** This routine sets a busy handler that sleeps for a while when a
** table is locked.  The handler will sleep multiple times until 
** at least "ms" milleseconds of sleeping have been done.  After
** "ms" milleseconds of sleeping, the handler returns 0 which
** causes sqlite3_exec() to return SQLITE_BUSY.
**
** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
** turns off all busy handlers.
*/
int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);

/*
** This next routine is really just a wrapper around sqlite3_exec().
** Instead of invoking a user-supplied callback for each row of the
** result, this routine remembers each row of the result in memory
** obtained from malloc(), then returns all of the result after the
** query has finished. 
**
** As an example, suppose the query result where this table:
**
**        Name        | Age
**        -----------------------
**        Alice       | 43
**        Bob         | 28
**        Cindy       | 21
**
** If the 3rd argument were &azResult then after the function returns
** azResult will contain the following data:
**
**        azResult[0] = "Name";
**        azResult[1] = "Age";
**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
**        azResult[3] = "43";
**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
**        azResult[5] = "28";
**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
**        azResult[7] = "21";
**
** Notice that there is an extra row of data containing the column
** headers.  But the *nrow return value is still 3.  *ncolumn is
** set to 2.  In general, the number of values inserted into azResult
** will be ((*nrow) + 1)*(*ncolumn).
**
** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should 
** pass the result data pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to 
** release the memory that was malloc-ed.  Because of the way the 
** malloc() happens, the calling function must not try to call 
** free() directly.  Only sqlite3_free_table() is able to release 
** the memory properly and safely.
**
** The return value of this routine is the same as from sqlite3_exec().
*/
int sqlite3_get_table(
  sqlite3*,               /* An open database */
  const char *sql,       /* SQL to be executed */
  char ***resultp,       /* Result written to a char *[]  that this points to */
  int *nrow,             /* Number of result rows written here */
  int *ncolumn,          /* Number of result columns written here */
  char **errmsg          /* Error msg written here */
);

/*
** Call this routine to free the memory that sqlite3_get_table() allocated.
*/
void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);

/*
** The following routines are variants of the "sprintf()" from the
** standard C library.  The resulting string is written into memory
** obtained from malloc() so that there is never a possiblity of buffer
** overflow.  These routines also implement some additional formatting
** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
**
** The strings returned by these routines should be freed by calling
** sqlite3_free().
**
** All of the usual printf formatting options apply.  In addition, there
** is a "%q" option.  %q works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated
** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.  By doubling each '\''
** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
** the string.
**
** For example, so some string variable contains text as follows:
**
**      char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
**
** We can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
**
**      char *z = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO TABLES('%q')", zText);
**      sqlite3_exec(db, z, callback1, 0, 0);
**      sqlite3_free(z);
**
** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
**
**      INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
**
** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
** would have looked like this:
**
**      INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
**
** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you
** should always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string 
** literal.
*/
char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);

/*
** SQLite uses its own memory allocator.  On many installations, this
** memory allocator is identical to the standard malloc()/realloc()/free()
** and can be used interchangable.  On others, the implementations are
** different.  For maximum portability, it is best not to mix calls
** to the standard malloc/realloc/free with the sqlite versions.
*/
void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
void sqlite3_free(void*);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
/*
** This routine registers a callback with the SQLite library.  The
** callback is invoked (at compile-time, not at run-time) for each
** attempt to access a column of a table in the database.  The callback
** returns SQLITE_OK if access is allowed, SQLITE_DENY if the entire
** SQL statement should be aborted with an error and SQLITE_IGNORE
** if the column should be treated as a NULL value.
*/
int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
  sqlite3*,
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
  void *pUserData
);
#endif

/*
** The second parameter to the access authorization function above will
** be one of the values below.  These values signify what kind of operation
** is to be authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
** function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of the following
** codes is used as the second parameter.  The 5th parameter is the name
** of the database ("main", "temp", etc.) if applicable.  The 6th parameter
** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from 
** input SQL code.
**
**                                          Arg-3           Arg-4
*/
#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* Table Name      File Name       */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* NULL            NULL            */
#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* Function Name   NULL            */

/*
** The return value of the authorization function should be one of the
** following constants:
*/
/* #define SQLITE_OK  0   // Allow access (This is actually defined above) */
#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */

/*
** Register a function for tracing SQL command evaluation.  The function
** registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at the first sqlite3_step()
** for the evaluation of an SQL statement.  The function registered by
** sqlite3_profile() runs at the end of each SQL statement and includes
** information on how long that statement ran.
**
** The sqlite3_profile() API is currently considered experimental and
** is subject to change.
*/
void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), void*);

/*
** This routine configures a callback function - the progress callback - that
** is invoked periodically during long running calls to sqlite3_exec(),
** sqlite3_step() and sqlite3_get_table(). An example use for this API is to 
** keep a GUI updated during a large query.
**
** The progress callback is invoked once for every N virtual machine opcodes,
** where N is the second argument to this function. The progress callback
** itself is identified by the third argument to this function. The fourth
** argument to this function is a void pointer passed to the progress callback
** function each time it is invoked.
**
** If a call to sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_step() or sqlite3_get_table() results 
** in less than N opcodes being executed, then the progress callback is not
** invoked.
** 
** To remove the progress callback altogether, pass NULL as the third
** argument to this function.
**
** If the progress callback returns a result other than 0, then the current 
** query is immediately terminated and any database changes rolled back. If the
** query was part of a larger transaction, then the transaction is not rolled
** back and remains active. The sqlite3_exec() call returns SQLITE_ABORT. 
**
******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
*/
void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);

/*
** Register a callback function to be invoked whenever a new transaction
** is committed.  The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
** callback.  If the callback function returns non-zero, then the commit
** is converted into a rollback.
**
** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value is returned.
** Otherwise NULL is returned.
**
** Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
**
******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
*/
void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);

/*
** Open the sqlite database file "filename".  The "filename" is UTF-8
** encoded for sqlite3_open() and UTF-16 encoded in the native byte order
** for sqlite3_open16().  An sqlite3* handle is returned in *ppDb, even
** if an error occurs. If the database is opened (or created) successfully,
** then SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an error code is returned. The
** sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_errmsg16()  routines can be used to obtain
** an English language description of the error.
**
** If the database file does not exist, then a new database is created.
** The encoding for the database is UTF-8 if sqlite3_open() is called and
** UTF-16 if sqlite3_open16 is used.
**
** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources associated
** with the sqlite3* handle should be released by passing it to
** sqlite3_close() when it is no longer required.
*/
int sqlite3_open(
  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
);
int sqlite3_open16(
  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
);

/*
** Return the error code for the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated
** with sqlite3 handle 'db'. SQLITE_OK is returned if the most recent 
** API call was successful.
**
** Calls to many sqlite3_* functions set the error code and string returned
** by sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16()
** (overwriting the previous values). Note that calls to sqlite3_errcode(),
** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() themselves do not affect the
** results of future invocations.
**
** Assuming no other intervening sqlite3_* API calls are made, the error
** code returned by this function is associated with the same error as
** the strings  returned by sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
*/
int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);

/*
** Return a pointer to a UTF-8 encoded string describing in english the
** error condition for the most recent sqlite3_* API call. The returned
** string is always terminated by an 0x00 byte.
**
** The string "not an error" is returned when the most recent API call was
** successful.
*/
const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);

/*
** Return a pointer to a UTF-16 native byte order encoded string describing
** in english the error condition for the most recent sqlite3_* API call.
** The returned string is always terminated by a pair of 0x00 bytes.
**
** The string "not an error" is returned when the most recent API call was
** successful.
*/
const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);

/*
** An instance of the following opaque structure is used to represent
** a compiled SQL statment.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;

/*
** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
** program using one of the following routines. The only difference between
** them is that the second argument, specifying the SQL statement to
** compile, is assumed to be encoded in UTF-8 for the sqlite3_prepare()
** function and UTF-16 for sqlite3_prepare16().
**
** The first parameter "db" is an SQLite database handle. The second
** parameter "zSql" is the statement to be compiled, encoded as either
** UTF-8 or UTF-16 (see above). If the next parameter, "nBytes", is less
** than zero, then zSql is read up to the first nul terminator.  If
** "nBytes" is not less than zero, then it is the length of the string zSql
** in bytes (not characters).
**
** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the first
** SQL statement in zSql.  This routine only compiles the first statement
** in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains uncompiled.
**
** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled SQL statement that can be
** executed using sqlite3_step().  Or if there is an error, *ppStmt may be
** set to NULL.  If the input text contained no SQL (if the input is and
** empty string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
**
** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.  Otherwise an error code is returned.
*/
int sqlite3_prepare(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
  int nBytes,             /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);
int sqlite3_prepare16(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
  int nBytes,             /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);

/*
** Newer versions of the prepare API work just like the legacy versions
** but with one exception:  The a copy of the SQL text is saved in the
** sqlite3_stmt structure that is returned.  If this copy exists, it
** modifieds the behavior of sqlite3_step() slightly.  First, sqlite3_step()
** will no longer return an SQLITE_SCHEMA error but will instead automatically
** rerun the compiler to rebuild the prepared statement.  Secondly, 
** sqlite3_step() now turns a full result code - the result code that
** use used to have to call sqlite3_reset() to get.
*/
int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
  int nBytes,             /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);
int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
  int nBytes,             /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);

/*
** Pointers to the following two opaque structures are used to communicate
** with the implementations of user-defined functions.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;

/*
** In the SQL strings input to sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare16(),
** one or more literals can be replace by parameters "?" or "?NNN" or 
** ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$VVV" where NNN is a integer, AAA is an identifer,
** and VVV is a variable name according  to the syntax rules of the
** TCL programming language.  The value of these parameters (also called
** "host parameter names") can be set using the routines listed below.
**
** In every case, the first argument is a pointer to the sqlite3_stmt
** structure returned from sqlite3_prepare().  The second argument is the
** index of the host parameter name.  The first host parameter as an index 
** of 1.  For named host parameters (":AAA" or "$VVV") you can use 
** sqlite3_bind_parameter_index() to get the correct index value given
** the parameter name.  If the same named parameter occurs more than
** once, it is assigned the same index each time.
**
** The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
** text after SQLite has finished with it.  If the fifth argument is the
** special value SQLITE_STATIC, then the library assumes that the information
** is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.  If the
** fifth argument has the value SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then SQLite makes its
** own private copy of the data before the sqlite3_bind_* routine returns.
**
** The sqlite3_bind_* routine must be called before sqlite3_step() and after
** an sqlite3_prepare() or sqlite3_reset().  Bindings persist across
** multiple calls to sqlite3_reset() and sqlite3_step().  Unbound parameters 
** are interpreted as NULL.
*/
int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite_int64);
int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);

/*
** Return the number of host parameters in a compiled SQL statement.  This
** routine was added to support DBD::SQLite.
*/
int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** Return the name of the i-th name parameter.  Ordinary parameters "?" are
** nameless and a NULL is returned.  For parameters of the form :AAA or
** $VVV the complete text of the parameter name is returned, including
** the initial ":" or "$".  NULL is returned if the index is out of range.
*/
const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);

/*
** Return the index of a parameter with the given name.  The name
** must match exactly.  If no parameter with the given name is found,
** return 0.
*/
int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);

/*
** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
*/
int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the compiled
** SQL statement. This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL statement
** that does not return data (for example an UPDATE).
*/
int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** The first parameter is a compiled SQL statement. This function returns
** the column heading for the Nth column of that statement, where N is the
** second function parameter.  The string returned is UTF-8 for
** sqlite3_column_name() and UTF-16 for sqlite3_column_name16().
*/
const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);

/*
** The first argument to the following calls is a compiled SQL statement.
** These functions return information about the Nth column returned by 
** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
**
** If the Nth column returned by the statement is not a column value,
** then all of the functions return NULL. Otherwise, the return the 
** name of the attached database, table and column that the expression
** extracts a value from.
**
** As with all other SQLite APIs, those postfixed with "16" return UTF-16
** encoded strings, the other functions return UTF-8. The memory containing
** the returned strings is valid until the statement handle is finalized().
**
** These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the 
** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined.
*/
const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);

/*
** The first parameter is a compiled SQL statement. If this statement
** is a SELECT statement, the Nth column of the returned result set 
** of the SELECT is a table column then the declared type of the table
** column is returned. If the Nth column of the result set is not at table
** column, then a NULL pointer is returned. The returned string is always
** UTF-8 encoded. For example, in the database schema:
**
** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
**
** And the following statement compiled:
**
** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
**
** Then this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second
** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column
** (i==0).
*/
const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *, int i);

/*
** The first parameter is a compiled SQL statement. If this statement
** is a SELECT statement, the Nth column of the returned result set 
** of the SELECT is a table column then the declared type of the table
** column is returned. If the Nth column of the result set is not at table
** column, then a NULL pointer is returned. The returned string is always
** UTF-16 encoded. For example, in the database schema:
**
** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 INTEGER);
**
** And the following statement compiled:
**
** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
**
** Then this routine would return the string "INTEGER" for the second
** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column
** (i==0).
*/
const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);

/* 
** After an SQL query has been compiled with a call to either
** sqlite3_prepare() or sqlite3_prepare16(), then this function must be
** called one or more times to execute the statement.
**
** The return value will be either SQLITE_BUSY, SQLITE_DONE, 
** SQLITE_ROW, SQLITE_ERROR, or SQLITE_MISUSE.
**
** SQLITE_BUSY means that the database engine attempted to open
** a locked database and there is no busy callback registered.
** Call sqlite3_step() again to retry the open.
**
** SQLITE_DONE means that the statement has finished executing
** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
** machine.
**
** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then 
** SQLITE_ROW is returned each time a new row of data is ready
** for processing by the caller. The values may be accessed using
** the sqlite3_column_*() functions described below. sqlite3_step()
** is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
** 
** SQLITE_ERROR means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
** the VM. More information may be found by calling sqlite3_errmsg().
**
** SQLITE_MISUSE means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
** Perhaps it was called on a virtual machine that had already been
** finalized or on one that had previously returned SQLITE_ERROR or
** SQLITE_DONE.  Or it could be the case the the same database connection
** is being used simulataneously by two or more threads.
*/
int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** Return the number of values in the current row of the result set.
**
** After a call to sqlite3_step() that returns SQLITE_ROW, this routine
** will return the same value as the sqlite3_column_count() function.
** After sqlite3_step() has returned an SQLITE_DONE, SQLITE_BUSY or
** error code, or before sqlite3_step() has been called on a 
** compiled SQL statement, this routine returns zero.
*/
int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** Values are stored in the database in one of the following fundamental
** types.
*/
#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
/* #define SQLITE_TEXT  3  // See below */
#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
#define SQLITE_NULL     5

/*
** SQLite version 2 defines SQLITE_TEXT differently.  To allow both
** version 2 and version 3 to be included, undefine them both if a
** conflict is seen.  Define SQLITE3_TEXT to be the version 3 value.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
# undef SQLITE_TEXT
#else
# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
#endif
#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3

/*
** The next group of routines returns information about the information
** in a single column of the current result row of a query.  In every
** case the first parameter is a pointer to the SQL statement that is being
** executed (the sqlite_stmt* that was returned from sqlite3_prepare()) and
** the second argument is the index of the column for which information 
** should be returned.  iCol is zero-indexed.  The left-most column as an
** index of 0.
**
** If the SQL statement is not currently point to a valid row, or if the
** the colulmn index is out of range, the result is undefined.
**
** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  For
** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
** is requested, sprintf() is used internally to do the conversion
** automatically.  The following table details the conversions that
** are applied:
**
**    Internal Type    Requested Type     Conversion
**    -------------    --------------    --------------------------
**       NULL             INTEGER         Result is 0
**       NULL             FLOAT           Result is 0.0
**       NULL             TEXT            Result is an empty string
**       NULL             BLOB            Result is a zero-length BLOB
**       INTEGER          FLOAT           Convert from integer to float
**       INTEGER          TEXT            ASCII rendering of the integer
**       INTEGER          BLOB            Same as for INTEGER->TEXT
**       FLOAT            INTEGER         Convert from float to integer
**       FLOAT            TEXT            ASCII rendering of the float
**       FLOAT            BLOB            Same as FLOAT->TEXT
**       TEXT             INTEGER         Use atoi()
**       TEXT             FLOAT           Use atof()
**       TEXT             BLOB            No change
**       BLOB             INTEGER         Convert to TEXT then use atoi()
**       BLOB             FLOAT           Convert to TEXT then use atof()
**       BLOB             TEXT            Add a \000 terminator if needed
**
** The following access routines are provided:
**
** _type()     Return the datatype of the result.  This is one of
**             SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_FLOAT, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_BLOB,
**             or SQLITE_NULL.
** _blob()     Return the value of a BLOB.
** _bytes()    Return the number of bytes in a BLOB value or the number
**             of bytes in a TEXT value represented as UTF-8.  The \000
**             terminator is included in the byte count for TEXT values.
** _bytes16()  Return the number of bytes in a BLOB value or the number
**             of bytes in a TEXT value represented as UTF-16.  The \u0000
**             terminator is included in the byte count for TEXT values.
** _double()   Return a FLOAT value.
** _int()      Return an INTEGER value in the host computer's native
**             integer representation.  This might be either a 32- or 64-bit
**             integer depending on the host.
** _int64()    Return an INTEGER value as a 64-bit signed integer.
** _text()     Return the value as UTF-8 text.
** _text16()   Return the value as UTF-16 text.
*/
const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);

/*
** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a compiled
** SQL statement obtained by a previous call to sqlite3_prepare()
** or sqlite3_prepare16(). If the statement was executed successfully, or
** not executed at all, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If execution of the
** statement failed then an error code is returned. 
**
** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the
** virtual machine.  If the virtual machine has not completed execution
** when this routine is called, that is like encountering an error or
** an interrupt.  (See sqlite3_interrupt().)  Incomplete updates may be
** rolled back and transactions cancelled,  depending on the circumstances,
** and the result code returned will be SQLITE_ABORT.
*/
int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a compiled SQL
** statement obtained by a previous call to sqlite3_prepare() or
** sqlite3_prepare16() back to it's initial state, ready to be re-executed.
** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
** the sqlite3_bind_*() API retain their values.
*/
int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** The following two functions are used to add user functions or aggregates
** implemented in C to the SQL langauge interpreted by SQLite. The
** difference only between the two is that the second parameter, the
** name of the (scalar) function or aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for
** sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16 for sqlite3_create_function16().
**
** The first argument is the database handle that the new function or
** aggregate is to be added to. If a single program uses more than one
** database handle internally, then user functions or aggregates must 
** be added individually to each database handle with which they will be
** used.
**
** The third parameter is the number of arguments that the function or
** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the function or
** aggregate may take any number of arguments.
**
** The fourth parameter is one of SQLITE_UTF* values defined below,
** indicating the encoding that the function is most likely to handle
** values in.  This does not change the behaviour of the programming
** interface. However, if two versions of the same function are registered
** with different encoding values, SQLite invokes the version likely to
** minimize conversions between text encodings.
**
** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
** pointers to user implemented C functions that implement the user
** function or aggregate. A scalar function requires an implementation of
** the xFunc callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep
** and xFinal parameters. An aggregate function requires an implementation
** of xStep and xFinal, but NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an
** existing user function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function
** callback. Specifying an inconstent set of callback values, such as an
** xFunc and an xFinal, or an xStep but no xFinal, SQLITE_ERROR is
** returned.
*/
int sqlite3_create_function(
  sqlite3 *,
  const char *zFunctionName,
  int nArg,
  int eTextRep,
  void*,
  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
);
int sqlite3_create_function16(
  sqlite3*,
  const void *zFunctionName,
  int nArg,
  int eTextRep,
  void*,
  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
);

/*
** This function is deprecated.  Do not use it.  It continues to exist
** so as not to break legacy code.  But new code should avoid using it.
*/
int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);

/*
** The next group of routines returns information about parameters to
** a user-defined function.  Function implementations use these routines
** to access their parameters.  These routines are the same as the
** sqlite3_column_* routines except that these routines take a single
** sqlite3_value* pointer instead of an sqlite3_stmt* and an integer
** column number.
*/
const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);

/*
** Aggregate functions use the following routine to allocate
** a structure for storing their state.  The first time this routine
** is called for a particular aggregate, a new structure of size nBytes
** is allocated, zeroed, and returned.  On subsequent calls (for the
** same aggregate instance) the same buffer is returned.  The implementation
** of the aggregate can use the returned buffer to accumulate data.
**
** The buffer allocated is freed automatically by SQLite.
*/
void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);

/*
** The pUserData parameter to the sqlite3_create_function()
** routine used to register user functions is available to
** the implementation of the function using this call.
*/
void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);

/*
** The following two functions may be used by scalar user functions to
** associate meta-data with argument values. If the same value is passed to
** multiple invocations of the user-function during query execution, under
** some circumstances the associated meta-data may be preserved. This may
** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
** meta-data associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
** pattern.
**
** Calling sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a pointer to the meta data
** associated with the Nth argument value to the current user function
** call, where N is the second parameter. If no meta-data has been set for
** that value, then a NULL pointer is returned.
**
** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() is used to associate meta data with a user
** function argument. The third parameter is a pointer to the meta data
** to be associated with the Nth user function argument value. The fourth
** parameter specifies a 'delete function' that will be called on the meta
** data pointer to release it when it is no longer required. If the delete
** function pointer is NULL, it is not invoked.
**
** In practice, meta-data is preserved between function calls for
** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
** values and SQL variables.
*/
void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int);
void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int, void*, void (*)(void*));


/*
** These are special value for the destructor that is passed in as the
** final argument to routines like sqlite3_result_blob().  If the destructor
** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  The 
** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
** the content before returning.
**
** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
** C++ compilers.  See ticket #2191.
*/
typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)

/*
** User-defined functions invoke the following routines in order to
** set their return value.
*/
void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite_int64);
void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);

/*
** These are the allowed values for the eTextRep argument to
** sqlite3_create_collation and sqlite3_create_function.
*/
#define SQLITE_UTF8           1
#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2
#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3
#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* sqlite3_create_function only */
#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */

/*
** These two functions are used to add new collation sequences to the
** sqlite3 handle specified as the first argument. 
**
** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string
** for sqlite3_create_collation() and a UTF-16 string for
** sqlite3_create_collation16(). In both cases the name is passed as the
** second function argument.
**
** The third argument must be one of the constants SQLITE_UTF8,
** SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE, indicating that the user-supplied
** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8,
** UTF-16 little-endian or UTF-16 big-endian respectively.
**
** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth
** argument. If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation
** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore). Each time the user
** supplied function is invoked, it is passed a copy of the void* passed as
** the fourth argument to sqlite3_create_collation() or
** sqlite3_create_collation16() as its first parameter.
**
** The remaining arguments to the user-supplied routine are two strings,
** each represented by a [length, data] pair and encoded in the encoding
** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was
** registered. The user routine should return negative, zero or positive if
** the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second
** string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2).
*/
int sqlite3_create_collation(
  sqlite3*, 
  const char *zName, 
  int eTextRep, 
  void*,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);
int sqlite3_create_collation16(
  sqlite3*, 
  const char *zName, 
  int eTextRep, 
  void*,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);

/*
** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
** database handle to be called whenever an undefined collation sequence is
** required.
**
** If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
** encoded in UTF-8. If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, the names
** are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. A call to either
** function replaces any existing callback.
**
** When the user-function is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database
** handle. The third argument is one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or
** SQLITE_UTF16LE, indicating the most desirable form of the collation
** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the
** required collation sequence.
**
** The collation sequence is returned to SQLite by a collation-needed
** callback using the sqlite3_create_collation() or
** sqlite3_create_collation16() APIs, described above.
*/
int sqlite3_collation_needed(
  sqlite3*, 
  void*, 
  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
);
int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
  sqlite3*, 
  void*,
  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
);

/*
** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
** called right after sqlite3_open().
**
** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
** of SQLite.
*/
int sqlite3_key(
  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
);

/*
** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
** database is decrypted.
**
** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
** of SQLite.
*/
int sqlite3_rekey(
  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
);

/*
** Sleep for a little while. The second parameter is the number of
** miliseconds to sleep for. 
**
** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with 
** milisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to 
** the nearest second. The number of miliseconds of sleep actually 
** requested from the operating system is returned.
*/
int sqlite3_sleep(int);

/*
** Return TRUE (non-zero) if the statement supplied as an argument needs
** to be recompiled.  A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
** that sqlite3_prepare() generates.  For example, if new functions or
** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
** added or changed.
**
*/
int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** Move all bindings from the first prepared statement over to the second.
** This routine is useful, for example, if the first prepared statement
** fails with an SQLITE_SCHEMA error.  The same SQL can be prepared into
** the second prepared statement then all of the bindings transfered over
** to the second statement before the first statement is finalized.
*/
int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** If the following global variable is made to point to a
** string which is the name of a directory, then all temporary files
** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory.  If this variable
** is NULL pointer, then SQLite does a search for an appropriate temporary
** file directory.
**
** Once sqlite3_open() has been called, changing this variable will invalidate
** the current temporary database, if any.
*/
extern char *sqlite3_temp_directory;

/*
** This function is called to recover from a malloc() failure that occured
** within the SQLite library. Normally, after a single malloc() fails the 
** library refuses to function (all major calls return SQLITE_NOMEM).
** This function restores the library state so that it can be used again.
**
** All existing statements (sqlite3_stmt pointers) must be finalized or
** reset before this call is made. Otherwise, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
** If any in-memory databases are in use, either as a main or TEMP
** database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. In either of these cases, the 
** library is not reset and remains unusable.
**
** This function is *not* threadsafe. Calling this from within a threaded
** application when threads other than the caller have used SQLite is
** dangerous and will almost certainly result in malfunctions.
**
** This functionality can be omitted from a build by defining the 
** SQLITE_OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER at compile time.
*/
int sqlite3_global_recover(void);

/*
** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
** mode.  Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not.  Autocommit mode is on
** by default.  Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
*/
int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);

/*
** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
** in the argument belongs.  This is the same database handle that was
** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
** the statement in the first place.
*/
sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** Register a callback function with the database connection identified by the 
** first argument to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
** Any callback set by a previous call to this function for the same 
** database connection is overridden.
**
** The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a 
** row is updated, inserted or deleted. The first argument to the callback is
** a copy of the third argument to sqlite3_update_hook. The second callback 
** argument is one of SQLITE_INSERT, SQLITE_DELETE or SQLITE_UPDATE, depending
** on the operation that caused the callback to be invoked. The third and 
** fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the database and 
** table name containing the affected row. The final callback parameter is 
** the rowid of the row. In the case of an update, this is the rowid after 
** the update takes place.
**
** The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).
**
** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value is returned.
** Otherwise NULL is returned.
*/
void *sqlite3_update_hook(
  sqlite3*, 
  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
  void*
);

/*
** Register a callback to be invoked whenever a transaction is rolled
** back. 
**
** The new callback function overrides any existing rollback-hook
** callback. If there was an existing callback, then it's pArg value 
** (the third argument to sqlite3_rollback_hook() when it was registered) 
** is returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned.
**
** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been 
** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. The 
** callback is not invoked if a transaction is automatically rolled
** back because the database connection is closed.
*/
void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);

/*
** This function is only available if the library is compiled without
** the SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE macro defined. It is used to enable or
** disable (if the argument is true or false, respectively) the 
** "shared pager" feature.
*/
int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);

/*
** Attempt to free N bytes of heap memory by deallocating non-essential
** memory allocations held by the database library (example: memory 
** used to cache database pages to improve performance).
**
** This function is not a part of standard builds.  It is only created
** if SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT macro.
*/
int sqlite3_release_memory(int);

/*
** Place a "soft" limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by
** SQLite within the current thread. If an internal allocation is requested 
** that would exceed the specified limit, sqlite3_release_memory() is invoked
** one or more times to free up some space before the allocation is made.
**
** The limit is called "soft", because if sqlite3_release_memory() cannot free
** sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded, the memory is
** allocated anyway and the current operation proceeds.
**
** This function is only available if the library was compiled with the 
** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT option set.
** memory-management has been enabled.
*/
void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int);

/*
** This routine makes sure that all thread-local storage has been
** deallocated for the current thread.
**
** This routine is not technically necessary.  All thread-local storage
** will be automatically deallocated once memory-management and
** shared-cache are disabled and the soft heap limit has been set
** to zero.  This routine is provided as a convenience for users who
** want to make absolutely sure they have not forgotten something
** prior to killing off a thread.
*/
void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);

/*
** Return meta information about a specific column of a specific database
** table accessible using the connection handle passed as the first function 
** argument.
**
** The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to 
** this function. The second parameter is either the name of the database
** (i.e. "main", "temp" or an attached database) containing the specified
** table or NULL. If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
** for the table using the same algorithm as the database engine uses to 
** resolve unqualified table references.
**
** The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column 
** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters 
** may be NULL.
**
** Meta information is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as
** the 5th and subsequent parameters to this function. Any of these 
** arguments may be NULL, in which case the corresponding element of meta 
** information is ommitted.
**
** Parameter     Output Type      Description
** -----------------------------------
**
**   5th         const char*      Data type
**   6th         const char*      Name of the default collation sequence 
**   7th         int              True if the column has a NOT NULL constraint
**   8th         int              True if the column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
**   9th         int              True if the column is AUTOINCREMENT
**
**
** The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the 
** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next 
** call to any sqlite API function.
**
** If the specified table is actually a view, then an error is returned.
**
** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an 
** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column has been explicitly declared, then the output 
** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. If there is no
** explicitly declared IPK column, then the output parameters are set as 
** follows:
**
**     data type: "INTEGER"
**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
**     not null: 0
**     primary key: 1
**     auto increment: 0
**
** This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
** cannot be found, an SQLITE error code is returned and an error message
** left in the database handle (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).
**
** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined.
*/
int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if colums is auto-increment */
);

/*
****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
**
** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case the
** name of the entry point defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init".
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
**
** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with 
** error message text.  The calling function should free this memory
** by calling sqlite3_free().
**
** Extension loading must be enabled using sqlite3_enable_load_extension()
** prior to calling this API or an error will be returned.
**
****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
*/
int sqlite3_load_extension(
  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
);

/*
** So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
** unprepared to deal with extension load, and as a means of disabling
** extension loading while executing user-entered SQL, the following
** API is provided to turn the extension loading mechanism on and
** off.  It is off by default.  See ticket #1863.
**
** Call this routine with onoff==1 to turn extension loading on
** and call it with onoff==0 to turn it back off again.
*/
int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);

/*
****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
**
** Register an extension entry point that is automatically invoked
** whenever a new database connection is opened.
**
** This API can be invoked at program startup in order to register
** one or more statically linked extensions that will be available
** to all new database connections.
**
** Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine multiple
** times with the same extension is harmless.
**
** This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array
** that is obtained from malloc().  If you run a memory leak
** checker on your program and it reports a leak because of this
** array, then invoke sqlite3_automatic_extension_reset() prior
** to shutdown to free the memory.
**
** Automatic extensions apply across all threads.
*/
int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xEntryPoint);


/*
****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
**
** Disable all previously registered automatic extensions.  This
** routine undoes the effect of all prior sqlite3_automatic_extension()
** calls.
**
** This call disabled automatic extensions in all threads.
*/
void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);


/*
****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
**
** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
**
** When the virtual-table mechanism stablizes, we will declare the
** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
*/

/*
** Structures used by the virtual table interface
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;

/*
** A module is a class of virtual tables.  Each module is defined
** by an instance of the following structure.  This structure consists
** mostly of methods for the module.
*/
struct sqlite3_module {
  int iVersion;
  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
               int argc, const char *const*argv,
               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
               int argc, const char *const*argv,
               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite_int64 *pRowid);
  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite_int64 *);
  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
                       void **ppArg);
};

/*
** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to
** pass information into and receive the reply from the xBestIndex
** method of an sqlite3_module.  The fields under **Inputs** are the
** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
** results into the **Outputs** fields.
**
** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the
** form:
**
**         column OP expr
**
** Where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.  The particular operator is stored
** in aConstraint[].op.  The index of the column is stored in 
** aConstraint[].iColumn.  aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
** is usable) and false if it cannot.
**
** The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
** and makes other simplificatinos to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
** The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms in the correct
** form that refer to the particular virtual table being queried.
**
** Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
** Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
**
** The xBestIndex method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  If argvIndex>0 then
** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  If aConstraintUsage[].omit
** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.
**
** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into xFilter.
** sqlite3_free() is used to free idxPtr if needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
**
** The orderByConsumed means that output from xFilter will occur in
** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
** sorting step is required.
**
** The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
** particular lookup.  A full scan of a table with N entries should have
** a cost of N.  A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
** cost of approximately log(N).
*/
struct sqlite3_index_info {
  /* Inputs */
  const int nConstraint;     /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
  const struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
  } *const aConstraint;      /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
  const int nOrderBy;        /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
  const struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
  } *const aOrderBy;         /* The ORDER BY clause */

  /* Outputs */
  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
  } *const aConstraintUsage;
  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
  double estimatedCost;      /* Estimated cost of using this index */
};
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64

/*
** This routine is used to register a new module name with an SQLite
** connection.  Module names must be registered before creating new
** virtual tables on the module, or before using preexisting virtual
** tables of the module.
*/
int sqlite3_create_module(
  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
  const sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
  void *                     /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
);

/*
** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
** to describe a particular instance of the module.  Each subclass will
** be taylored to the specific needs of the module implementation.   The
** purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are common
** to all module implementations.
**
** Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
** string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() to zErrMsg.  The method should
** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to sqlite3_free()
** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  After the error message
** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.  Note
** that sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_free() are used on the zErrMsg field
** since virtual tables are commonly implemented in loadable extensions which
** do not have access to sqlite3MPrintf() or sqlite3Free().
*/
struct sqlite3_vtab {
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
  int nRef;                       /* Used internally */
  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};

/* Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
** to describe cursors that point into the virtual table and are used
** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
** xOpen method of the module.  Each module implementation will define
** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
**
** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
** are common to all implementations.
*/
struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};

/*
** The xCreate and xConnect methods of a module use the following API
** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
** the virtual tables they implement.
*/
int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable);

/*
** Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
** using the xFindFunction method.  But global versions of those functions
** must exist in order to be overloaded.
**
** This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
** before this API is called, a new function is created.  The implementation
** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
** purpose is to be a place-holder function that can be overloaded
** by virtual tables.
**
** This API should be considered part of the virtual table interface,
** which is experimental and subject to change.
*/
int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);

/*
** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
**
** When the virtual-table mechanism stablizes, we will declare the
** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
**
****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
*/

/*
** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
** builds on processors without floating point support.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# undef double
#endif

#if 0
}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif
#endif

/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/
/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2003 October 31
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
** functions for SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
**
** $Id: sqlite3.c,v 1.4 2007/06/22 01:30:16 julien.pierre.bugs%sun.com Exp $
**
** NOTES:
**
** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
** calendar system. 
**
** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
**
** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
** range of dates.
**
** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
**
** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
** in the following text:
**
**      Jean Meeus
**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
*/
/************** Include sqliteInt.h in the middle of date.c ******************/
/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
**
** @(#) $Id: sqlite3.c,v 1.4 2007/06/22 01:30:16 julien.pierre.bugs%sun.com Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
#define _SQLITEINT_H_

#if defined(SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH)
# include <tcl.h>
#endif

/*
** Many people are failing to set -DNDEBUG=1 when compiling SQLite.
** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and run faster.  So the following
** lines are added to automatically set NDEBUG unless the -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
** option is set.  Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out
** feature.
*/
#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
# define NDEBUG 1
#endif

/*
** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
**
** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
** portability you should omit LFS.
**
** Similar is true for MacOS.  LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
# define _LARGE_FILE       1
# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
# endif
# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#endif

/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
** used in SQLite.
**
** $Id: sqlite3.c,v 1.4 2007/06/22 01:30:16 julien.pierre.bugs%sun.com Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_

/* Forward declarations of structures. */
typedef struct Hash Hash;
typedef struct HashElem HashElem;

/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
** this structure opaque.
*/
struct Hash {
  char keyClass;          /* SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
  HashElem *first;        /* The first element of the array */
  void *(*xMalloc)(int);  /* malloc() function to use */
  void (*xFree)(void *);  /* free() function to use */
  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
  struct _ht {            /* the hash table */
    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
    HashElem *chain;         /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
  } *ht;
};

/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
** be opaque because it is used by macros.
*/
struct HashElem {
  HashElem *next, *prev;   /* Next and previous elements in the table */
  void *data;              /* Data associated with this element */
  void *pKey; int nKey;    /* Key associated with this element */
};

/*
** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table:
**
**   SQLITE_HASH_INT         nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored.
**
**   SQLITE_HASH_POINTER     pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored.
**
**   SQLITE_HASH_STRING      pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
**                           is ignored in comparisons.
**
**   SQLITE_HASH_BINARY      pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
**
** A copy of the key is made for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1.  
*/
/* #define SQLITE_HASH_INT       1 // NOT USED */
/* #define SQLITE_HASH_POINTER   2 // NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_HASH_STRING    3
#define SQLITE_HASH_BINARY    4

/*
** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);

/*
** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
** like this:
**
**   Hash h;
**   HashElem *p;
**   ...
**   for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
**     // do something with pData
**   }
*/
#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
#define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)

/*
** Number of entries in a hash table
*/
#define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count)

#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */

/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/
#define TK_SEMI                            1
#define TK_EXPLAIN                         2
#define TK_QUERY                           3
#define TK_PLAN                            4
#define TK_BEGIN                           5
#define TK_TRANSACTION                     6
#define TK_DEFERRED                        7
#define TK_IMMEDIATE                       8
#define TK_EXCLUSIVE                       9
#define TK_COMMIT                         10
#define TK_END                            11
#define TK_ROLLBACK                       12
#define TK_CREATE                         13
#define TK_TABLE                          14
#define TK_IF                             15
#define TK_NOT                            16
#define TK_EXISTS                         17
#define TK_TEMP                           18
#define TK_LP                             19
#define TK_RP                             20
#define TK_AS                             21
#define TK_COMMA                          22
#define TK_ID                             23
#define TK_ABORT                          24
#define TK_AFTER                          25
#define TK_ANALYZE                        26
#define TK_ASC                            27
#define TK_ATTACH                         28
#define TK_BEFORE                         29
#define TK_CASCADE                        30
#define TK_CAST                           31
#define TK_CONFLICT                       32
#define TK_DATABASE                       33
#define TK_DESC                           34
#define TK_DETACH                         35
#define TK_EACH                           36
#define TK_FAIL                           37
#define TK_FOR                            38
#define TK_IGNORE                         39
#define TK_INITIALLY                      40
#define TK_INSTEAD                        41
#define TK_LIKE_KW                        42
#define TK_MATCH                          43
#define TK_KEY                            44
#define TK_OF                             45
#define TK_OFFSET                         46
#define TK_PRAGMA                         47
#define TK_RAISE                          48
#define TK_REPLACE                        49
#define TK_RESTRICT                       50
#define TK_ROW                            51
#define TK_TRIGGER                        52
#define TK_VACUUM                         53
#define TK_VIEW                           54
#define TK_VIRTUAL                        55
#define TK_REINDEX                        56
#define TK_RENAME                         57
#define TK_CTIME_KW                       58
#define TK_ANY                            59
#define TK_OR                             60
#define TK_AND                            61
#define TK_IS                             62
#define TK_BETWEEN                        63
#define TK_IN                             64
#define TK_ISNULL                         65
#define TK_NOTNULL                        66
#define TK_NE                             67
#define TK_EQ                             68
#define TK_GT                             69
#define TK_LE                             70
#define TK_LT                             71
#define TK_GE                             72
#define TK_ESCAPE                         73
#define TK_BITAND                         74
#define TK_BITOR                          75
#define TK_LSHIFT                         76
#define TK_RSHIFT                         77
#define TK_PLUS                           78
#define TK_MINUS                          79
#define TK_STAR                           80
#define TK_SLASH                          81
#define TK_REM                            82
#define TK_CONCAT                         83
#define TK_COLLATE                        84
#define TK_UMINUS                         85
#define TK_UPLUS                          86
#define TK_BITNOT                         87
#define TK_STRING                         88
#define TK_JOIN_KW                        89
#define TK_CONSTRAINT                     90
#define TK_DEFAULT                        91
#define TK_NULL                           92
#define TK_PRIMARY                        93
#define TK_UNIQUE                         94
#define TK_CHECK                          95
#define TK_REFERENCES                     96
#define TK_AUTOINCR                       97
#define TK_ON                             98
#define TK_DELETE                         99
#define TK_UPDATE                         100
#define TK_INSERT                         101
#define TK_SET                            102
#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     103
#define TK_FOREIGN                        104
#define TK_DROP                           105
#define TK_UNION                          106
#define TK_ALL                            107
#define TK_EXCEPT                         108
#define TK_INTERSECT                      109
#define TK_SELECT                         110
#define TK_DISTINCT                       111
#define TK_DOT                            112
#define TK_FROM                           113
#define TK_JOIN                           114
#define TK_USING                          115
#define TK_ORDER                          116
#define TK_BY                             117
#define TK_GROUP                          118
#define TK_HAVING                         119
#define TK_LIMIT                          120
#define TK_WHERE                          121
#define TK_INTO                           122
#define TK_VALUES                         123
#define TK_INTEGER                        124
#define TK_FLOAT                          125
#define TK_BLOB                           126
#define TK_REGISTER                       127
#define TK_VARIABLE                       128
#define TK_CASE                           129
#define TK_WHEN                           130
#define TK_THEN                           131
#define TK_ELSE                           132
#define TK_INDEX                          133
#define TK_ALTER                          134
#define TK_TO                             135
#define TK_ADD                            136
#define TK_COLUMNKW                       137
#define TK_TO_TEXT                        138
#define TK_TO_BLOB                        139
#define TK_TO_NUMERIC                     140
#define TK_TO_INT                         141
#define TK_TO_REAL                        142
#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    143
#define TK_ILLEGAL                        144
#define TK_SPACE                          145
#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                146
#define TK_COMMENT                        147
#define TK_FUNCTION                       148
#define TK_COLUMN                         149
#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   150
#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     151
#define TK_CONST_FUNC                     152

/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <stddef.h>

/*
** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
** substitute integer for floating-point
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define double sqlite_int64
# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (0x7fffffffffffffff)
# endif
# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
#endif

/*
** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
** table and for temporary tables. Internally, the MAX_PAGES and 
** TEMP_PAGES macros are used. To override the default values at
** compilation time, the SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE and 
** SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE macros should be set.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
# define MAX_PAGES SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
#else
# define MAX_PAGES   2000
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE
# define TEMP_PAGES SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE
#else
# define TEMP_PAGES   500
#endif

/*
** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0
** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler 
** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1
#else
#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0
#endif

/*
** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered
** distinct when determining whether or not two entries are the same
** in a UNIQUE index.  This is the way PostgreSQL, Oracle, DB2, MySQL,
** OCELOT, and Firebird all work.  The SQL92 spec explicitly says this
** is the way things are suppose to work.
**
** If the following macro is set to 0, the NULLs are indistinct for
** a UNIQUE index.  In this mode, you can only have a single NULL entry
** for a column declared UNIQUE.  This is the way Informix and SQL Server
** work.
*/
#define NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE 1

/*
** The maximum number of attached databases.  This must be at least 2
** in order to support the main database file (0) and the file used to
** hold temporary tables (1).  And it must be less than 32 because
** we use a bitmask of databases with a u32 in places (for example
** the Parse.cookieMask field).
*/
#define MAX_ATTACHED 10

/*
** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
*/
#define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999

/*
** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
** the VDBE-level file format changes.  The following macros define the
** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
** that the library can read.
*/
#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1
#endif

/*
** Provide a default value for TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
** on the command-line
*/
#ifndef TEMP_STORE
# define TEMP_STORE 1
#endif

/*
** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
** ourselves.
*/
#ifndef offsetof
#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
#endif

/*
** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC.  (Yes, believe it or
** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.)
*/
#if 'A' == '\301'
# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1
#else
# define SQLITE_ASCII 1
#endif

/*
** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
**
**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
*/
#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
#endif
#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
#endif
#ifndef INT16_TYPE
# define INT16_TYPE short int
#endif
#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
#endif
#ifndef INT8_TYPE
# define INT8_TYPE signed char
#endif
#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
#endif
typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
typedef sqlite_uint64 u64;         /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
typedef UINT8_TYPE i8;             /* 1-byte signed integer */

/*
** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
** evaluated at runtime.
*/
extern const int sqlite3one;
#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)
# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE
#else
# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
#endif

/*
** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
**
** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
*/
typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
struct BusyHandler {
  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
  int nBusy;                 /* Incremented with each busy call */
};

/*
** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and 
** "BusyHandler typedefs.
*/
/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
**
** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
**
** $Id: sqlite3.c,v 1.4 2007/06/22 01:30:16 julien.pierre.bugs%sun.com Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_

/*
** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
** of this structure.
*/
typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;

/*
** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
** as an instance of the following structure:
*/
struct VdbeOp {
  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
  int p1;             /* First operand */
  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
  char *p3;           /* Third parameter */
  int p3type;         /* One of the P3_xxx constants defined below */
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  int cnt;            /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
  long long cycles;   /* Total time spend executing this instruction */
#endif
};
typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;

/*
** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
** it takes up less space.
*/
struct VdbeOpList {
  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
  short int p2;       /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
  char *p3;           /* Third parameter */
};
typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;

/*
** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p3type
*/
#define P3_NOTUSED    0   /* The P3 parameter is not used */
#define P3_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
#define P3_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
#define P3_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P3 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
#define P3_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P3 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
#define P3_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P3 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
#define P3_VDBEFUNC (-7)  /* P3 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */
#define P3_MEM      (-8)  /* P3 is a pointer to a Mem*    structure */
#define P3_TRANSIENT (-9) /* P3 is a pointer to a transient string */
#define P3_VTAB     (-10) /* P3 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
#define P3_MPRINTF  (-11) /* P3 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */

/* When adding a P3 argument using P3_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
** is made.  That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized.  But if the
** argument is P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used.  It still
** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
** from a single sqliteMalloc().  But no copy is made and the calling
** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
*/
#define P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-9)

/*
** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the 
** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
*/
#define COLNAME_NAME     0
#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1
#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2
#define COLNAME_TABLE    3
#define COLNAME_COLUMN   4
#define COLNAME_N        5      /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */

/*
** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that 
** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative.  Calling
** the macro again restores the address.
*/
#define ADDR(X)  (-1-(X))

/*
** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
*/
/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/
/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/
/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
#define OP_MemLoad                              1
#define OP_VNext                                2
#define OP_HexBlob                            126   /* same as TK_BLOB     */
#define OP_Column                               3
#define OP_SetCookie                            4
#define OP_IfMemPos                             5
#define OP_Real                               125   /* same as TK_FLOAT    */
#define OP_Sequence                             6
#define OP_MoveGt                               7
#define OP_Ge                                  72   /* same as TK_GE       */
#define OP_RowKey                               8
#define OP_Eq                                  68   /* same as TK_EQ       */
#define OP_OpenWrite                            9
#define OP_NotNull                             66   /* same as TK_NOTNULL  */
#define OP_If                                  10
#define OP_ToInt                              141   /* same as TK_TO_INT   */
#define OP_String8                             88   /* same as TK_STRING   */
#define OP_Pop                                 11
#define OP_VRowid                              12
#define OP_CollSeq                             13
#define OP_OpenRead                            14
#define OP_Expire                              15
#define OP_AutoCommit                          17
#define OP_Gt                                  69   /* same as TK_GT       */
#define OP_IntegrityCk                         18
#define OP_Sort                                19
#define OP_Function                            20
#define OP_And                                 61   /* same as TK_AND      */
#define OP_Subtract                            79   /* same as TK_MINUS    */
#define OP_Noop                                21
#define OP_Return                              22
#define OP_Remainder                           82   /* same as TK_REM      */
#define OP_NewRowid                            23
#define OP_Multiply                            80   /* same as TK_STAR     */
#define OP_IfMemNeg                            24
#define OP_Variable                            25
#define OP_String                              26
#define OP_RealAffinity                        27
#define OP_ParseSchema                         28
#define OP_VOpen                               29
#define OP_Close                               30
#define OP_CreateIndex                         31
#define OP_IsUnique                            32
#define OP_NotFound                            33
#define OP_Int64                               34
#define OP_MustBeInt                           35
#define OP_Halt                                36
#define OP_Rowid                               37
#define OP_IdxLT                               38
#define OP_AddImm                              39
#define OP_Statement                           40
#define OP_RowData                             41
#define OP_MemMax                              42
#define OP_Push                                43
#define OP_Or                                  60   /* same as TK_OR       */
#define OP_NotExists                           44
#define OP_MemIncr                             45
#define OP_Gosub                               46
#define OP_Divide                              81   /* same as TK_SLASH    */
#define OP_Integer                             47
#define OP_ToNumeric                          140   /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
#define OP_MemInt                              48
#define OP_Prev                                49
#define OP_Concat                              83   /* same as TK_CONCAT   */
#define OP_BitAnd                              74   /* same as TK_BITAND   */
#define OP_VColumn                             50
#define OP_CreateTable                         51
#define OP_Last                                52
#define OP_IsNull                              65   /* same as TK_ISNULL   */
#define OP_IdxRowid                            53
#define OP_MakeIdxRec                          54
#define OP_ShiftRight                          77   /* same as TK_RSHIFT   */
#define OP_ResetCount                          55
#define OP_FifoWrite                           56
#define OP_Callback                            57
#define OP_ContextPush                         58
#define OP_DropTrigger                         59
#define OP_DropIndex                           62
#define OP_IdxGE                               63
#define OP_IdxDelete                           64
#define OP_Vacuum                              73
#define OP_MoveLe                              84
#define OP_IfNot                               86
#define OP_DropTable                           89
#define OP_MakeRecord                          90
#define OP_ToBlob                             139   /* same as TK_TO_BLOB  */
#define OP_Delete                              91
#define OP_AggFinal                            92
#define OP_ShiftLeft                           76   /* same as TK_LSHIFT   */
#define OP_Dup                                 93
#define OP_Goto                                94
#define OP_TableLock                           95
#define OP_FifoRead                            96
#define OP_Clear                               97
#define OP_IdxGT                               98
#define OP_MoveLt                              99
#define OP_Le                                  70   /* same as TK_LE       */
#define OP_VerifyCookie                       100
#define OP_AggStep                            101
#define OP_Pull                               102
#define OP_ToText                             138   /* same as TK_TO_TEXT  */
#define OP_Not                                 16   /* same as TK_NOT      */
#define OP_ToReal                             142   /* same as TK_TO_REAL  */
#define OP_SetNumColumns                      103
#define OP_AbsValue                           104
#define OP_Transaction                        105
#define OP_VFilter                            106
#define OP_Negative                            85   /* same as TK_UMINUS   */
#define OP_Ne                                  67   /* same as TK_NE       */
#define OP_VDestroy                           107
#define OP_ContextPop                         108
#define OP_BitOr                               75   /* same as TK_BITOR    */
#define OP_Next                               109
#define OP_IdxInsert                          110
#define OP_Distinct                           111
#define OP_Lt                                  71   /* same as TK_LT       */
#define OP_Insert                             112
#define OP_Destroy                            113
#define OP_ReadCookie                         114
#define OP_ForceInt                           115
#define OP_LoadAnalysis                       116
#define OP_Explain                            117
#define OP_IfMemZero                          118
#define OP_OpenPseudo                         119
#define OP_OpenEphemeral                      120
#define OP_Null                               121
#define OP_Blob                               122
#define OP_Add                                 78   /* same as TK_PLUS     */
#define OP_MemStore                           123
#define OP_Rewind                             124
#define OP_MoveGe                             127
#define OP_VBegin                             128
#define OP_VUpdate                            129
#define OP_BitNot                              87   /* same as TK_BITNOT   */
#define OP_VCreate                            130
#define OP_MemMove                            131
#define OP_MemNull                            132
#define OP_Found                              133
#define OP_NullRow                            134

/* The following opcode values are never used */
#define OP_NotUsed_135                        135
#define OP_NotUsed_136                        136
#define OP_NotUsed_137                        137

/* Opcodes that are guaranteed to never push a value onto the stack
** contain a 1 their corresponding position of the following mask
** set.  See the opcodeNoPush() function in vdbeaux.c  */
#define NOPUSH_MASK_0 0xeeb4
#define NOPUSH_MASK_1 0x796b
#define NOPUSH_MASK_2 0x7ddb
#define NOPUSH_MASK_3 0xff92
#define NOPUSH_MASK_4 0xffff
#define NOPUSH_MASK_5 0xdaf7
#define NOPUSH_MASK_6 0xfefe
#define NOPUSH_MASK_7 0x99d9
#define NOPUSH_MASK_8 0x7c67
#define NOPUSH_MASK_9 0x0000

/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/

/*
** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
** for a description of what each of these routines does.
*/
Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3VdbeCreateCallback(Vdbe*, int*);
int sqlite3VdbeAddOp(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
int sqlite3VdbeOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,const char *zP3,int);
int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1);
void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2);
void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr, int N);
void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP1, int N);
VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
int sqliteVdbeSetVariables(Vdbe*,int,const char**);
void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, int);
void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n);
const char *sqlite3VdbeGetSql(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);

#ifndef NDEBUG
  void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
#else
# define VdbeComment(X)
#endif

#endif

/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
** of what each interface routine does.
**
** @(#) $Id: sqlite3.c,v 1.4 2007/06/22 01:30:16 julien.pierre.bugs%sun.com Exp $
*/
#ifndef _BTREE_H_
#define _BTREE_H_

/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
** needs to be revisited.
*/
#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10

/*
** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
#endif

/*
** Forward declarations of structure
*/
typedef struct Btree Btree;
typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
typedef struct BtShared BtShared;


int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
  sqlite3 *db,             /* Associated database connection */
  Btree **,                /* Return open Btree* here */
  int flags                /* Flags */
);

/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
** following values.
**
** NOTE:  These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
** pager.h.
*/
#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not use journal.  No argument */
#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK   2  /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
#define BTREE_MEMORY        4  /* In-memory DB.  No argument */

int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree*,BusyHandler*);
int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int);
int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int);
int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *);
int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *, int, u8);

const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *);
const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);

/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
** of the following flags:
*/
#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
#define BTREE_ZERODATA   2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
#define BTREE_LEAFDATA   4    /* Data stored in leaves only.  Implies INTKEY */

int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int);
int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue);
int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);

int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
  int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),  /* Key comparison function */
  void*,                               /* First argument to compare function */
  BtCursor **ppCursor                  /* Returned cursor */
);

void sqlite3BtreeSetCompare(
  BtCursor *,
  int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
  void*
);

int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor*,const void *pKey,i64 nKey,int bias,int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
                                  const void *pData, int nData, int bias);
int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);

char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);


#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree*, int, int recursive);
#else
#define sqlite3BtreePageDump(X,Y,Z) SQLITE_OK
#endif

#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */

/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
**
** @(#) $Id: sqlite3.c,v 1.4 2007/06/22 01:30:16 julien.pierre.bugs%sun.com Exp $
*/

#ifndef _PAGER_H_
#define _PAGER_H_

/*
** The default size of a database page.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
#endif

/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 32768.  This a limit
** imposed by necessity of storing the value in a 2-byte unsigned integer
** and the fact that the page size must be a power of 2.
**
** This value is used to initialize certain arrays on the stack at
** various places in the code.  On embedded machines where stack space
** is limited and the flexibility of having large pages is not needed,
** it makes good sense to reduce the maximum page size to something more
** reasonable, like 1024.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 32768
#endif

/*
** Maximum number of pages in one database.
*/
#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE 1073741823

/*
** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
*/
typedef unsigned int Pgno;

/*
** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
*/
typedef struct Pager Pager;

/*
** Handle type for pages.
*/
typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;

/*
** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
**
** NOTE: This values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
*/
#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK   0x0002    /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */

/*
** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
*/
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1

/*
** See source code comments for a detailed description of the following
** routines:
*/
int sqlite3PagerOpen(Pager **ppPager, const char *zFilename,
                     int nExtra, int flags);
void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler);
void sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int));
void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int));
int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, int);
int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
int sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
int sqlite3PagerOverwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void*);
int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager*,Pgno);
int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage*, int exFlag);
int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, Pgno);
int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager*);
void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage*);
void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int);
const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*);
const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager*);
const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerRename(Pager*, const char *zNewName);
void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager*,void*(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*);
int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno);
int sqlite3PagerReset(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(int);

void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 
int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
int sqlite3PagerLockstate(Pager*);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
int pager3_refinfo_enable;
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
#else
# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
#endif

#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */

/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/

#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
/*
** The following global variables are used for testing and debugging
** only.  They only work if SQLITE_MEMDEBUG is defined.
*/
extern int sqlite3_nMalloc;      /* Number of sqliteMalloc() calls */
extern int sqlite3_nFree;        /* Number of sqliteFree() calls */
extern int sqlite3_iMallocFail;  /* Fail sqliteMalloc() after this many calls */
extern int sqlite3_iMallocReset; /* Set iMallocFail to this when it reaches 0 */

extern void *sqlite3_pFirst;         /* Pointer to linked list of allocations */
extern int sqlite3_nMaxAlloc;        /* High water mark of ThreadData.nAlloc */
extern int sqlite3_mallocDisallowed; /* assert() in sqlite3Malloc() if set */
extern int sqlite3_isFail;           /* True if all malloc calls should fail */
extern const char *sqlite3_zFile;    /* Filename to associate debug info with */
extern int sqlite3_iLine;            /* Line number for debug info */

#define ENTER_MALLOC (sqlite3_zFile = __FILE__, sqlite3_iLine = __LINE__)
#define sqliteMalloc(x)          (ENTER_MALLOC, sqlite3Malloc(x,1))
#define sqliteMallocRaw(x)       (ENTER_MALLOC, sqlite3MallocRaw(x,1))
#define sqliteRealloc(x,y)       (ENTER_MALLOC, sqlite3Realloc(x,y))
#define sqliteStrDup(x)          (ENTER_MALLOC, sqlite3StrDup(x))
#define sqliteStrNDup(x,y)       (ENTER_MALLOC, sqlite3StrNDup(x,y))
#define sqliteReallocOrFree(x,y) (ENTER_MALLOC, sqlite3ReallocOrFree(x,y))

#else

#define ENTER_MALLOC 0
#define sqliteMalloc(x)          sqlite3Malloc(x,1)
#define sqliteMallocRaw(x)       sqlite3MallocRaw(x,1)
#define sqliteRealloc(x,y)       sqlite3Realloc(x,y)
#define sqliteStrDup(x)          sqlite3StrDup(x)
#define sqliteStrNDup(x,y)       sqlite3StrNDup(x,y)
#define sqliteReallocOrFree(x,y) sqlite3ReallocOrFree(x,y)

#endif

#define sqliteFree(x)          sqlite3FreeX(x)
#define sqliteAllocSize(x)     sqlite3AllocSize(x)


/*
** An instance of this structure might be allocated to store information
** specific to a single thread.
*/
struct ThreadData {
  int dummy;               /* So that this structure is never empty */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  int nSoftHeapLimit;      /* Suggested max mem allocation.  No limit if <0 */
  int nAlloc;              /* Number of bytes currently allocated */
  Pager *pPager;           /* Linked list of all pagers in this thread */
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  u8 useSharedData;        /* True if shared pagers and schemas are enabled */
  BtShared *pBtree;        /* Linked list of all currently open BTrees */
#endif
};

/*
** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
** user tables and indices.
*/
#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"

/*
** The root-page of the master database table.
*/
#define MASTER_ROOT       1

/*
** The name of the schema table.
*/
#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)

/*
** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
** an array.
*/
#define ArraySize(X)    (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))

/*
** Forward references to structures
*/
typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
typedef struct Column Column;
typedef struct Db Db;
typedef struct Schema Schema;
typedef struct Expr Expr;
typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
typedef struct FKey FKey;
typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
typedef struct IdList IdList;
typedef struct Index Index;
typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
typedef struct Module Module;
typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
typedef struct Parse Parse;
typedef struct Select Select;
typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
typedef struct ThreadData ThreadData;
typedef struct Table Table;
typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
typedef struct Token Token;
typedef struct TriggerStack TriggerStack;
typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;

/*
** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
** databases may be attached.
*/
struct Db {
  char *zName;         /* Name of this database */
  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
  u8 inTrans;          /* 0: not writable.  1: Transaction.  2: Checkpoint */
  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at synching data to disk */
  void *pAux;               /* Auxiliary data.  Usually NULL */
  void (*xFreeAux)(void*);  /* Routine to free pAux */
  Schema *pSchema;     /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
**
** If there are no virtual tables configured in this schema, the
** Schema.db variable is set to NULL. After the first virtual table
** has been added, it is set to point to the database connection 
** used to create the connection. Once a virtual table has been
** added to the Schema structure and the Schema.db variable populated, 
** only that database connection may use the Schema to prepare 
** statements.
*/
struct Schema {
  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
  Hash aFKey;          /* Foreign keys indexed by to-table */
  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this schema */
  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  sqlite3 *db;         /* "Owner" connection. See comment above */
#endif
};

/*
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
** Db.flags field.
*/
#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P))
#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0)
#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P)
#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P)

/*
** Allowed values for the DB.flags field.
**
** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
** read into internal hash tables.
**
** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
*/
#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */


/*
** Each database is an instance of the following structure.
**
** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an
** insert statement.  Inserts on views do not affect its value.  Each
** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside
** triggers as usual.  The previous value will be restored once the trigger
** exits.  Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no
** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1.
**
** The sqlite.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no
** context.  It is reset at start of sqlite3_exec.
** The sqlite.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last
** insert, update, or delete statement.  It remains constant throughout the
** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts.  It keeps a
** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes
** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger.  Changes to views do not
** affect the value of lsChange.
** The sqlite.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since
** the last statement) and is used to update sqlite_lsChange.
**
** The member variables sqlite.errCode, sqlite.zErrMsg and sqlite.zErrMsg16
** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The
** internal function sqlite3Error() is used to set these variables
** consistently.
*/
struct sqlite3 {
  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
  int flags;                    /* Miscellanous flags. See below */
  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
  int nTable;                   /* Number of tables in the database */
  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
  i64 priorNewRowid;            /* Last randomly generated ROWID */
  int magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
    int iDb;                    /* When back is being initialized */
    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
  } init;
  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared libraray handles */
  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
  int activeVdbeCnt;            /* Number of vdbes currently executing */
  void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*);        /* Trace function */
  void *pTraceArg;                          /* Argument to the trace function */
  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */
  void *pProfileArg;                        /* Argument to profile function */
  void *pCommitArg;                 /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */   
  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);    /* Invoked at every commit. */
  void *pRollbackArg;               /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */   
  void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
  void *pUpdateArg;
  void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64);
  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
  void *pCollNeededArg;
  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
  char *zErrMsg;                /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
  char *zErrMsg16;              /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */
  union {
    int isInterrupted;          /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
    double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
  } u1;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
                                /* Access authorization function */
  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
  int nProgressOps;             /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  Hash aModule;                 /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
  Table *pVTab;                 /* vtab with active Connect/Create method */
  sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans;       /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
  int nVTrans;                  /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
#endif
  Hash aFunc;                   /* All functions that can be in SQL exprs */
  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
  int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
  sqlite3_stmt *pFetch;         /* Used by SSE to fetch stored statements */
#endif
  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
};

/*
** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
*/
#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)

/*
** Possible values for the sqlite.flags and or Db.flags fields.
**
** On sqlite.flags, the SQLITE_InTrans value means that we have
** executed a BEGIN.  On Db.flags, SQLITE_InTrans means a statement
** transaction is active on that particular database file.
*/
#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x00000001  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
#define SQLITE_InTrans        0x00000008  /* True if in a transaction */
#define SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00000010  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
#define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000020  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
#define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */
#define SQLITE_CountRows      0x00000080  /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
#define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
                                          /*   result set is empty */
#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x00000200  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x00000400  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
#define SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00000800  /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
#define SQLITE_NoReadlock     0x00001000  /* Readlocks are omitted when 
                                          ** accessing read-only databases */
#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks   0x00002000  /* Do not enforce check constraints */
#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x00004000 /* For shared-cache mode */
#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00008000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00010000  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00020000  /* Enable load_extension */

#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00040000  /* Ignore schema errors */

/*
** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
** than being distinct from one another.
*/
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */

/*
** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
** structure.  A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc
** hash table.  When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
** points to a linked list of these structures.
*/
struct FuncDef {
  i16 nArg;            /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
  u8 iPrefEnc;         /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */
  u8 needCollSeq;      /* True if sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
  u8 flags;            /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finializer */
  char zName[1];       /* SQL name of the function.  MUST BE LAST */
};

/*
** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
** hash table.
*/
struct Module {
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;       /* Callback pointers */
  const char *zName;                   /* Name passed to create_module() */
  void *pAux;                          /* pAux passed to create_module() */
};

/*
** Possible values for FuncDef.flags
*/
#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE   0x01  /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE   0x02  /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM  0x04  /* Ephermeral.  Delete with VDBE */

/*
** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
** of this structure.
*/
struct Column {
  char *zName;     /* Name of this column */
  Expr *pDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
  char *zType;     /* Data type for this column */
  char *zColl;     /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
  u8 notNull;      /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */
  u8 isPrimKey;    /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */
  char affinity;   /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
};

/*
** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
**
** There may two seperate implementations of the collation function, one
** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that
** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine
** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects
** the version that will require the least expensive encoding
** translations, if any.
**
** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in
** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp.
** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function,
** xCmp16.
**
** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the
** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
** collating sequence may not be read or written.
*/
struct CollSeq {
  char *zName;         /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
  u8 type;             /* One of the SQLITE_COLL_... values below */
  void *pUser;         /* First argument to xCmp() */
  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
};

/*
** Allowed values of CollSeq flags:
*/
#define SQLITE_COLL_BINARY  1  /* The default memcmp() collating sequence */
#define SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE  2  /* The built-in NOCASE collating sequence */
#define SQLITE_COLL_REVERSE 3  /* The built-in REVERSE collating sequence */
#define SQLITE_COLL_USER    0  /* Any other user-defined collating sequence */

/*
** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
*/
#define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
#define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */

/*
** Column affinity types.
**
** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
** the speed a little by number the values consecutively.  
**
** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'.  That way,
** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
** used as the P3 operand, they will be more readable.
**
** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
** for a numeric type is a single comparison.
*/
#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     'a'
#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     'b'
#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'c'
#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'd'
#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL     'e'

#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)

/*
** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
** following structure.
**
** Table.zName is the name of the table.  The case of the original
** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for
** comparisons.
**
** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table.  Table.aCol is a
** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column.
**
** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of
** the column that is that key.   Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative.  Note
** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
** be set.  An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
** the table.  If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
** is generated for each row of the table.  Table.hasPrimKey is true if
** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
**
** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
** database file.  If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
** in sqlite.aDb[].  0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
** holds temporary tables and indices.  If Table.isEphem
** is true, then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed.  In this case Table.tnum 
** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
** page number.  Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause 
** of a SELECT statement.
*/
struct Table {
  char *zName;     /* Name of the table */
  int nCol;        /* Number of columns in this table */
  Column *aCol;    /* Information about each column */
  int iPKey;       /* If not less then 0, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
  Index *pIndex;   /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
  int tnum;        /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
  Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
  int nRef;          /* Number of pointers to this Table */
  Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of SQL triggers on this table */
  FKey *pFKey;       /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
  char *zColAff;     /* String defining the affinity of each column */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
  Expr *pCheck;      /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
  int addColOffset;  /* Offset in CREATE TABLE statement to add a new column */
#endif
  u8 readOnly;     /* True if this table should not be written by the user */
  u8 isEphem;      /* True if created using OP_OpenEphermeral */
  u8 hasPrimKey;   /* True if there exists a primary key */
  u8 keyConf;      /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
  u8 autoInc;      /* True if the integer primary key is autoincrement */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  u8 isVirtual;             /* True if this is a virtual table */
  u8 isCommit;              /* True once the CREATE TABLE has been committed */
  Module *pMod;             /* Pointer to the implementation of the module */
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Pointer to the module instance */
  int nModuleArg;           /* Number of arguments to the module */
  char **azModuleArg;       /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
#endif
  Schema *pSchema;
};

/*
** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
** table support is omitted from the build.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
#  define IsVirtual(X) ((X)->isVirtual)
#else
#  define IsVirtual(X) 0
#endif

/*
** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
**
** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
** Consider this example:
**
**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
**     );
**
** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
**
** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
** the from-table is created.  The existance of the to-table is not checked
** until an attempt is made to insert data into the from-table.
**
** The sqlite.aFKey hash table stores pointers to this structure
** given the name of a to-table.  For each to-table, all foreign keys
** associated with that table are on a linked list using the FKey.pNextTo
** field.
*/
struct FKey {
  Table *pFrom;     /* The table that constains the REFERENCES clause */
  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next foreign key in pFrom */
  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to */
  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next foreign key that points to zTo */
  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
  struct sColMap {  /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
    int iFrom;         /* Index of column in pFrom */
    char *zCol;        /* Name of column in zTo.  If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */
  } *aCol;          /* One entry for each of nCol column s */
  u8 isDeferred;    /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
  u8 updateConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on UPDATE */
  u8 deleteConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on DELETE */
  u8 insertConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on INSERT */
};

/*
** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a contraint
** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
**
** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
** foreign key.
** 
** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
** of action to take.
*/
#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */

#define OE_Restrict 6   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
#define OE_SetNull  7   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
#define OE_SetDflt  8   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
#define OE_Cascade  9   /* Cascade the changes */

#define OE_Default  99  /* Do whatever the default action is */


/*
** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the 
** comparison of the two index keys.
**
** If the KeyInfo.incrKey value is true and the comparison would
** otherwise be equal, then return a result as if the second key
** were larger.
*/
struct KeyInfo {
  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */
  u8 incrKey;         /* Increase 2nd key by epsilon before comparison */
  int nField;         /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */
  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
};

/*
** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
** instance of the following structure.
**
** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
** we have the following table and index:
**
**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
**
** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the 
** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
**
** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution 
** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
** element.
*/
struct Index {
  char *zName;     /* Name of this index */
  int nColumn;     /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */
  int *aiColumn;   /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
  unsigned *aiRowEst; /* Result of ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */
  Table *pTable;   /* The SQL table being indexed */
  int tnum;        /* Page containing root of this index in database file */
  u8 onError;      /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
  u8 autoIndex;    /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */
  char *zColAff;   /* String defining the affinity of each column */
  Index *pNext;    /* The next index associated with the same table */
  Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */
  u8 *aSortOrder;  /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */
  char **azColl;   /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
};

/*
** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
**
** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
** may contain random values.  Do not make any assuptions about Token.dyn
** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
*/
struct Token {
  const unsigned char *z; /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
  unsigned dyn  : 1;      /* True for malloced memory, false for static */
  unsigned n    : 31;     /* Number of characters in this token */
};

/*
** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
**
** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
** pointer to this structure.  The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
** code for that node.
**
** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the
** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement.  These
** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure.
*/
struct AggInfo {
  u8 directMode;          /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly
                          ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */
  u8 useSortingIdx;       /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather
                          ** than the source table */
  int sortingIdx;         /* Cursor number of the sorting index */
  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The group by clause */
  int nSortingColumn;     /* Number of columns in the sorting index */
  struct AggInfo_col {    /* For each column used in source tables */
    Table *pTab;             /* Source table */
    int iTable;              /* Cursor number of the source table */
    int iColumn;             /* Column number within the source table */
    int iSorterColumn;       /* Column number in the sorting index */
    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
    Expr *pExpr;             /* The original expression */
  } *aCol;
  int nColumn;            /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
  int nColumnAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aCol[] */
  int nAccumulator;       /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
                          ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
                          ** aggregate functions */
  struct AggInfo_func {   /* For each aggregate function */
    Expr *pExpr;             /* Expression encoding the function */
    FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */
    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
    int iDistinct;           /* Ephermeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
  } *aFunc;
  int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
  int nFuncAlloc;         /* Number of slots allocated for aFunc[] */
};

/*
** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
** of this structure.
**
** Expr.op is the opcode.  The integer parser token codes are reused
** as opcodes here.  For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
** code representing the ">=" operator.  This same integer code is reused
** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
** tree.
**
** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are subexpressions.  Expr.pList is a list
** of argument if the expression is a function.
**
** Expr.token is the operator token for this node.  For some expressions
** that have subexpressions, Expr.token can be the complete text that gave
** rise to the Expr.  In the latter case, the token is marked as being
** a compound token.
**
** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
**
** If the expression is a function, the Expr.iTable is an integer code
** representing which function.  If the expression is an unbound variable
** marker (a question mark character '?' in the original SQL) then the
** Expr.iTable holds the index number for that variable.
**
** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
** register number containing the result of the subquery.  If the
** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1.  If the subquery
** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
**
** The Expr.pSelect field points to a SELECT statement.  The SELECT might
** be the right operand of an IN operator.  Or, if a scalar SELECT appears
** in an expression the opcode is TK_SELECT and Expr.pSelect is the only
** operand.
**
** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
** corresponding table definition.
*/
struct Expr {
  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
  u16 flags;             /* Various flags.  See below */
  CollSeq *pColl;        /* The collation type of the column or 0 */
  Expr *pLeft, *pRight;  /* Left and right subnodes */
  ExprList *pList;       /* A list of expressions used as function arguments
                         ** or in "<expr> IN (<expr-list)" */
  Token token;           /* An operand token */
  Token span;            /* Complete text of the expression */
  int iTable, iColumn;   /* When op==TK_COLUMN, then this expr node means the
                         ** iColumn-th field of the iTable-th table. */
  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
  int iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
  int iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
  Select *pSelect;       /* When the expression is a sub-select.  Also the
                         ** right side of "<expr> IN (<select>)" */
  Table *pTab;           /* Table for OP_Column expressions. */
  Schema *pSchema;
};

/*
** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
*/
#define EP_FromJoin     0x01  /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
#define EP_Agg          0x02  /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
#define EP_Resolved     0x04  /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
#define EP_Error        0x08  /* Expression contains one or more errors */
#define EP_Distinct     0x10  /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
#define EP_VarSelect    0x20  /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
#define EP_Dequoted     0x40  /* True if the string has been dequoted */
#define EP_InfixFunc    0x80  /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
#define EP_ExpCollate  0x100  /* Collating sequence specified explicitly */

/*
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
** Expr.flags field.
*/
#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
#define ExprHasAnyProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)

/*
** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
** field is not used.
*/
struct ExprList {
  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
  int nAlloc;            /* Number of entries allocated below */
  int iECursor;          /* VDBE Cursor associated with this ExprList */
  struct ExprList_item {
    Expr *pExpr;           /* The list of expressions */
    char *zName;           /* Token associated with this expression */
    u8 sortOrder;          /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
    u8 isAgg;              /* True if this is an aggregate like count(*) */
    u8 done;               /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
  } *a;                  /* One entry for each expression */
};

/*
** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
**
**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
**
** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
**
**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
**
** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
*/
struct IdList {
  struct IdList_item {
    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
  } *a;
  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
  int nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated for a[] below */
};

/*
** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations.
**
** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of
** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64.  But it also reduces the size
** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86.
*/
typedef u64 Bitmask;

/*
** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
** the SrcList.a[] array.
**
** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
**
** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table
** and the next table on the list.  The parser builds the list this way.
** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
*/
struct SrcList {
  i16 nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
  i16 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
  struct SrcList_item {
    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
    u8 isPopulated;   /* Temporary table associated with SELECT is populated */
    u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N or pTab is used */
  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
};

/*
** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
*/
#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
#define JT_CROSS     0x0002    /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */
#define JT_NATURAL   0x0004    /* True for a "natural" join */
#define JT_LEFT      0x0008    /* Left outer join */
#define JT_RIGHT     0x0010    /* Right outer join */
#define JT_OUTER     0x0020    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
#define JT_ERROR     0x0040    /* unknown or unsupported join type */

/*
** For each nested loop in a WHERE clause implementation, the WhereInfo
** structure contains a single instance of this structure.  This structure
** is intended to be private the the where.c module and should not be
** access or modified by other modules.
**
** The pIdxInfo and pBestIdx fields are used to help pick the best
** index on a virtual table.  The pIdxInfo pointer contains indexing
** information for the i-th table in the FROM clause before reordering.
** All the pIdxInfo pointers are freed by whereInfoFree() in where.c.
** The pBestIdx pointer is a copy of pIdxInfo for the i-th table after
** FROM clause ordering.  This is a little confusing so I will repeat
** it in different words.  WhereInfo.a[i].pIdxInfo is index information 
** for WhereInfo.pTabList.a[i].  WhereInfo.a[i].pBestInfo is the
** index information for the i-th loop of the join.  pBestInfo is always
** either NULL or a copy of some pIdxInfo.  So for cleanup it is 
** sufficient to free all of the pIdxInfo pointers.
** 
*/
struct WhereLevel {
  int iFrom;            /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
  int flags;            /* Flags associated with this level */
  int iMem;             /* First memory cell used by this level */
  int iLeftJoin;        /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
  Index *pIdx;          /* Index used.  NULL if no index */
  int iTabCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
  int iIdxCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to acesss pIdx */
  int brk;              /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
  int nxt;              /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
  int cont;             /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
  int top;              /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
  int op, p1, p2;       /* Opcode used to terminate the loop */
  int nEq;              /* Number of == or IN constraints on this loop */
  int nIn;              /* Number of IN operators constraining this loop */
  struct InLoop {
    int iCur;              /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
    int topAddr;           /* Top of the IN loop */
  } *aInLoop;           /* Information about each nested IN operator */
  sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx;  /* Index information for this level */

  /* The following field is really not part of the current level.  But
  ** we need a place to cache index information for each table in the
  ** FROM clause and the WhereLevel structure is a convenient place.
  */
  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;  /* Index info for n-th source table */
};

/*
** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
** into the second half to give some continuity.
*/
struct WhereInfo {
  Parse *pParse;
  SrcList *pTabList;   /* List of tables in the join */
  int iTop;            /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
  int iContinue;       /* Jump here to continue with next record */
  int iBreak;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
  int nLevel;          /* Number of nested loop */
  sqlite3_index_info **apInfo;  /* Array of pointers to index info structures */
  WhereLevel a[1];     /* Information about each nest loop in the WHERE */
};

/*
** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may
** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The
** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
** other statements.
**
** NameContexts can be nested.  When resolving names, the inner-most 
** context is searched first.  If no match is found, the next outer
** context is checked.  If there is still no match, the next context
** is checked.  This process continues until either a match is found
** or all contexts are check.  When a match is found, the nRef member of
** the context containing the match is incremented. 
**
** Each subquery gets a new NameContext.  The pNext field points to the
** NameContext in the parent query.  Thus the process of scanning the
** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer
** subqueries looking for a match.
*/
struct NameContext {
  Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */
  SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
  ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of named expressions */
  int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */
  int nErr;            /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
  u8 allowAgg;         /* Aggregate functions allowed here */
  u8 hasAgg;           /* True if aggregates are seen */
  u8 isCheck;          /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
  int nDepth;          /* Depth of subquery recursion. 1 for no recursion */
  AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */
  NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure contains all information
** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
**
** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
** offset).  But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
**
** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in
** the P3_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later.  Neither the KeyInfo nor
** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time
** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not
** enough information about the compound query is known at that point.
** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences
** for the result set.  The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[2] contains collating
** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
*/
struct Select {
  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
  u8 isDistinct;         /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
  u8 isResolved;         /* True once sqlite3SelectResolve() has run. */
  u8 isAgg;              /* True if this is an aggregate query */
  u8 usesEphm;           /* True if uses an OpenEphemeral opcode */
  u8 disallowOrderBy;    /* Do not allow an ORDER BY to be attached if TRUE */
  char affinity;         /* MakeRecord with this affinity for SRT_Set */
  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
  Select *pRightmost;    /* Right-most select in a compound select statement */
  Expr *pLimit;          /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
  Expr *pOffset;         /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
  int addrOpenEphm[3];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
};

/*
** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.
*/
#define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
#define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */
#define SRT_Discard      3  /* Do not save the results anywhere */

/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
#define IgnorableOrderby(X) (X<=SRT_Discard)

#define SRT_Callback     4  /* Invoke a callback with each row of result */
#define SRT_Mem          5  /* Store result in a memory cell */
#define SRT_Set          6  /* Store non-null results as keys in an index */
#define SRT_Table        7  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
#define SRT_EphemTab     8  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
#define SRT_Subroutine   9  /* Call a subroutine to handle results */
#define SRT_Exists      10  /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */

/*
** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
**
** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of
** each recursion.
**
** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache 
** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are
** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being
** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the
** list.
*/
struct Parse {
  sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
  u8 nameClash;        /* A permanent table name clashes with temp table name */
  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
  u8 nested;           /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
  u8 parseError;       /* True if a parsing error has been seen */
  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
  int ckOffset;        /* Stack offset to data used by CHECK constraints */
  u32 writeMask;       /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
  u32 cookieMask;      /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
  int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
  int cookieValue[MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
#endif

  /* Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
  ** each recursion */

  int nVar;            /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
  int nVarExpr;        /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */
  int nVarExprAlloc;   /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */
  Expr **apVarExpr;    /* Pointers to :aaa and $aaaa wildcard expressions */
  u8 explain;          /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
  Token sErrToken;     /* The token at which the error occurred */
  Token sNameToken;    /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
  Token sLastToken;    /* The last token parsed */
  const char *zSql;    /* All SQL text */
  const char *zTail;   /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
  Table *pNewTable;    /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
  TriggerStack *trigStack;  /* Trigger actions being coded */
  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  Token sArg;                /* Complete text of a module argument */
  u8 declareVtab;            /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
  Table *pVirtualLock;       /* Require virtual table lock on this table */
#endif
};

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
#else
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
#endif

/*
** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
*/
struct AuthContext {
  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
};

/*
** Bitfield flags for P2 value in OP_Insert and OP_Delete
*/
#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE   1    /* Set to update db->nChange */
#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 2    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE  4    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
#define OPFLAG_APPEND    8    /* This is likely to be an append */

/*
 * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
 * struct Trigger. 
 *
 * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
 * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
 *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
 * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
 *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
 *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
 *    struct Table.
 *
 * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
 * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
 */
struct Trigger {
  char *name;             /* The name of the trigger                        */
  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expresion (may be NULL) */
  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
                             the <column-list> is stored here */
  Token nameToken;        /* Token containing zName. Use during parsing only */
  Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
  Schema *pTabSchema;     /* Schema containing the table */
  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
};

/*
** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger.  The following constants
** determine which. 
**
** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER.
** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together.
*/
#define TRIGGER_BEFORE  1
#define TRIGGER_AFTER   2

/*
 * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
 * that is a part of a trigger-program. 
 *
 * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
 * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the 
 * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
 * the first step of the trigger-program.
 * 
 * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
 * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the 
 * value of "op" as follows:
 *
 * (op == TK_INSERT)
 * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
 * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
 *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
 * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to insert into.
 * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
 *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
 * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... 
 *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
 *              inserted into.
 *
 * (op == TK_DELETE)
 * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to delete from.
 * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
 *              Otherwise NULL.
 * 
 * (op == TK_UPDATE)
 * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to update rows of.
 * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
 *              Otherwise NULL.
 * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
 *              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
 *              argument.
 * 
 */
struct TriggerStep {
  int op;              /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
  int orconf;          /* OE_Rollback etc. */
  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */

  Select *pSelect;     /* Valid for SELECT and sometimes 
                    INSERT steps (when pExprList == 0) */
  Token target;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT steps */
  Expr *pWhere;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE steps */
  ExprList *pExprList; /* Valid for UPDATE statements and sometimes 
                     INSERT steps (when pSelect == 0)         */
  IdList *pIdList;     /* Valid for INSERT statements only */
  TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
  TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
};

/*
 * An instance of struct TriggerStack stores information required during code
 * generation of a single trigger program. While the trigger program is being
 * coded, its associated TriggerStack instance is pointed to by the
 * "pTriggerStack" member of the Parse structure.
 *
 * The pTab member points to the table that triggers are being coded on. The 
 * newIdx member contains the index of the vdbe cursor that points at the temp
 * table that stores the new.* references. If new.* references are not valid
 * for the trigger being coded (for example an ON DELETE trigger), then newIdx
 * is set to -1. The oldIdx member is analogous to newIdx, for old.* references.
 *
 * The ON CONFLICT policy to be used for the trigger program steps is stored 
 * as the orconf member. If this is OE_Default, then the ON CONFLICT clause 
 * specified for individual triggers steps is used.
 *
 * struct TriggerStack has a "pNext" member, to allow linked lists to be
 * constructed. When coding nested triggers (triggers fired by other triggers)
 * each nested trigger stores its parent trigger's TriggerStack as the "pNext" 
 * pointer. Once the nested trigger has been coded, the pNext value is restored
 * to the pTriggerStack member of the Parse stucture and coding of the parent
 * trigger continues.
 *
 * Before a nested trigger is coded, the linked list pointed to by the 
 * pTriggerStack is scanned to ensure that the trigger is not about to be coded
 * recursively. If this condition is detected, the nested trigger is not coded.
 */
struct TriggerStack {
  Table *pTab;         /* Table that triggers are currently being coded on */
  int newIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "new" temp table */
  int oldIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "old" temp table */
  int orconf;          /* Current orconf policy */
  int ignoreJump;      /* where to jump to for a RAISE(IGNORE) */
  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* The trigger currently being coded */
  TriggerStack *pNext; /* Next trigger down on the trigger stack */
};

/*
** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
** explicit.  
*/
typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
struct DbFixer {
  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
};

/*
** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
*/
typedef struct {
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
  int iDb;            /* 0 for main database.  1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */
  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
  int rc;             /* Result code stored here */
} InitData;

/*
 * This global flag is set for performance testing of triggers. When it is set
 * SQLite will perform the overhead of building new and old trigger references 
 * even when no triggers exist
 */
extern int sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup;

/*
** The SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT macro can be either a constant (for production
** builds) or a function call (for debugging).  If it is a function call,
** it allows the operator to set a breakpoint at the spot where database
** corruption is first detected.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  extern int sqlite3Corrupt(void);
# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3Corrupt()
#else
# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT SQLITE_CORRUPT
#endif

/*
** Internal function prototypes
*/
int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *);
int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *, const char *, int);
int sqlite3HashNoCase(const char *, int);
int sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8);
int sqlite3Compare(const char *, const char *);
int sqlite3SortCompare(const char *, const char *);
void sqlite3RealToSortable(double r, char *);

void *sqlite3Malloc(int,int);
void *sqlite3MallocRaw(int,int);
void sqlite3Free(void*);
void *sqlite3Realloc(void*,int);
char *sqlite3StrDup(const char*);
char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char*, int);
# define sqlite3CheckMemory(a,b)
void *sqlite3ReallocOrFree(void*,int);
void sqlite3FreeX(void*);
void *sqlite3MallocX(int);
int sqlite3AllocSize(void *);

char *sqlite3MPrintf(const char*, ...);
char *sqlite3VMPrintf(const char*, va_list);
void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
void *sqlite3TextToPtr(const char*);
void sqlite3SetString(char **, ...);
void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse*);
void sqlite3Dequote(char*);
void sqlite3DequoteExpr(Expr*);
int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
Expr *sqlite3Expr(int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
Expr *sqlite3ExprOrFree(int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
Expr *sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse*,Token*);
Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(Expr*, Expr*);
void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr*,Token*,Token*);
Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(ExprList*, Token*);
void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr*);
ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(ExprList*,Expr*,Token*);
void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList*);
int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3*, int);
void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,char*,Select*);
void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Expr*);
void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, const char*, int);
void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Select*);

void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
  int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
#else
# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
#endif

void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table*);
void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(void*,int,int,int*,int*,int*);
IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(IdList*, Token*);
int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(SrcList*, Token*, Token*, Token*,
                                      Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList*);
void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList*);
void sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
                        Token*, int, int);
void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
void sqlite3AddKeyType(Vdbe*, ExprList*);
void sqlite3AddIdxKeyType(Vdbe*, Index*);
int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, int, int, Select*, int, int*, char *aff);
Select *sqlite3SelectNew(ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
                        int,Expr*,Expr*);
void sqlite3SelectDelete(Select*);
void sqlite3SelectUnbind(Select*);
Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**);
void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int);
void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*);
void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*);
int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*);
void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
void sqlite3NextedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,const char*, const char*);
Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*);
int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
char *sqlite3NameFromToken(Token*);
int sqlite3ExprCheck(Parse*, Expr*, int, int*);
int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*);
int sqliteFuncId(Token*);
int sqlite3ExprResolveNames(NameContext *, Expr *);
int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(const char*);
void sqlite3Randomness(int, void*);
void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, Table*, int, int);
void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Vdbe*, Table*, int, char*);
void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Vdbe*, Index*, int);
void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,char*,int,int,int,int);
void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, char*, int, int, int, int);
void sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(Expr*);
void sqlite3TokenCopy(Token*, Token*);
ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(ExprList*);
SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(SrcList*);
IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(IdList*);
Select *sqlite3SelectDup(Select*);
FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3*);
int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3*);
int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3*);
int sqlite3SafetyCheck(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, int);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
                           Expr*,int, int);
  void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
  void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
  void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
  int sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse*, Table*, int, ExprList*);
  int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, int, int, 
                           int, int);
  void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
  void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep*);
  TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(Select*);
  TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(Token*, IdList*, ExprList*,Select*,int);
  TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Token*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
  TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Token*, Expr*);
  void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger*);
  void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
#else
# define sqlite3TriggersExist(A,B,C,D,E,F) 0
# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A)
# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I) 0
#endif

int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,SrcList*);
  int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
  void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
  void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
#else
# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c)
# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
#endif
void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
int sqlite3BtreeFactory(const sqlite3 *db, const char *zFilename,
                       int omitJournal, int nCache, Btree **ppBtree);
int sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*);
char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*,...);
int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *);
int sqlite3utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
int sqlite3utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
int sqlite3ReadUtf8(const unsigned char *);
int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *, u64);
int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *);
char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
int sqlite3atoi64(const char*, i64*);
void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
void *sqlite3HexToBlob(const char *z);
int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
int sqlite3ReadUniChar(const char *zStr, int *pOffset, u8 *pEnc, int fold);
int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char *,int,int);
CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName);
CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *, Token *);
int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
int sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(Parse *, Index *);
int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
void sqlite3utf16Substr(sqlite3_context *,int,sqlite3_value **);

const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(void);
char *sqlite3utf16to8(const void*, int);
int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
extern const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db*, int, int);
void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *);
int sqlite3SelectResolve(Parse *, Select *, NameContext *);
void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int);
void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
const char *sqlite3TestErrorName(int);
CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(sqlite3*, CollSeq *, const char *, int);
char sqlite3AffinityType(const Token*);
void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
void sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
ThreadData *sqlite3ThreadData(void);
const ThreadData *sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly(void);
void sqlite3ReleaseThreadData(void);
void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *);
void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *);
Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(Btree *);
int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *, Index *);
int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, 
  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*));
int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
int sqlite3MallocFailed(void);
void sqlite3FailedMalloc(void);
void sqlite3AbortOtherActiveVdbes(sqlite3 *, Vdbe *);
int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
  void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
  int sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
#else
# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X)
# define sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(X)  SQLITE_OK
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
#else
  #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
  void sqlite3MallocDisallow(void);
  void sqlite3MallocAllow(void);
  int sqlite3TestMallocFail(void);
#else
  #define sqlite3TestMallocFail() 0
  #define sqlite3MallocDisallow()
  #define sqlite3MallocAllow()
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  void *sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(int);
  void sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(void *);
#else
  #define sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc sqlite3MallocX
  #define sqlite3ThreadSafeFree sqlite3FreeX
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
#  define sqlite3VtabClear(X)
#  define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) (Y)
#  define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
#  define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
#else
   void sqlite3VtabClear(Table*);
   int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, int rc);
   int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
   int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
#endif
void sqlite3VtabLock(sqlite3_vtab*);
void sqlite3VtabUnlock(sqlite3*, sqlite3_vtab*);
void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *);
int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, sqlite3_vtab *);
FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);

#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
#include "sseInt.h"
#endif

/*
** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
** sqlite3_io_trace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to
** print I/O tracing messages. 
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
# define IOTRACE(A)  if( sqlite3_io_trace ){ sqlite3_io_trace A; }
  void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*);
#else
# define IOTRACE(A)
# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
#endif
extern void (*sqlite3_io_trace)(const char*,...);

#endif

/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in date.c ***********************/
/************** Include os.h in the middle of date.c *************************/
/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 16
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
#define _SQLITE_OS_H_

/*
** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other
** operating system.
*/
#if defined(OS_OTHER)
# if OS_OTHER==1
#   undef OS_UNIX
#   define OS_UNIX 0
#   undef OS_WIN
#   define OS_WIN 0
#   undef OS_OS2
#   define OS_OS2 0
# else
#   undef OS_OTHER
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(OS_UNIX) && !defined(OS_OTHER)
# define OS_OTHER 0
# ifndef OS_WIN
#   if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
#     define OS_WIN 1
#     define OS_UNIX 0
#     define OS_OS2 0
#   elif defined(_EMX_) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__)
#     define OS_WIN 0
#     define OS_UNIX 0
#     define OS_OS2 1
#   else
#     define OS_WIN 0
#     define OS_UNIX 1
#     define OS_OS2 0
#  endif
# else
#  define OS_UNIX 0
#  define OS_OS2 0
# endif
#else
# ifndef OS_WIN
#  define OS_WIN 0
# endif
#endif


/*
** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename
*/
#if OS_WIN
# include <windows.h>
# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50)
#elif OS_OS2
# define INCL_DOSDATETIME
# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR
# define INCL_DOSERRORS
# define INCL_DOSMISC
# define INCL_DOSPROCESS
# define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR
# include <os2.h>
# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP)
#else
# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200
#endif

/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
** a no-op
*/
#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
#endif

/*
** The default size of a disk sector
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 512
#endif

/*
** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
** using -DTEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
**
** 2006-10-31:  The default prefix used to be "sqlite_".  But then
** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
** This annoyed many windows users.  Those users would then do a 
** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" 
** spelled backwards.  So the temp files are still identified, but
** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
** of the file.
*/
#ifndef TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
# define TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
#endif

/*
** Define the interfaces for Unix, Windows, and OS/2.
*/
#if OS_UNIX
#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite      sqlite3UnixOpenReadWrite
#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive      sqlite3UnixOpenExclusive
#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly       sqlite3UnixOpenReadOnly
#define sqlite3OsDelete             sqlite3UnixDelete
#define sqlite3OsFileExists         sqlite3UnixFileExists
#define sqlite3OsFullPathname       sqlite3UnixFullPathname
#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable      sqlite3UnixIsDirWritable
#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory      sqlite3UnixSyncDirectory
#define sqlite3OsTempFileName       sqlite3UnixTempFileName
#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed         sqlite3UnixRandomSeed
#define sqlite3OsSleep              sqlite3UnixSleep
#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime        sqlite3UnixCurrentTime
#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex         sqlite3UnixEnterMutex
#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex         sqlite3UnixLeaveMutex
#define sqlite3OsInMutex            sqlite3UnixInMutex
#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3UnixThreadSpecificData
#define sqlite3OsMalloc             sqlite3GenericMalloc
#define sqlite3OsRealloc            sqlite3GenericRealloc
#define sqlite3OsFree               sqlite3GenericFree
#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize     sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
#define sqlite3OsDlopen             sqlite3UnixDlopen
#define sqlite3OsDlsym              sqlite3UnixDlsym
#define sqlite3OsDlclose            sqlite3UnixDlclose
#endif
#if OS_WIN
#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite      sqlite3WinOpenReadWrite
#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive      sqlite3WinOpenExclusive
#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly       sqlite3WinOpenReadOnly
#define sqlite3OsDelete             sqlite3WinDelete
#define sqlite3OsFileExists         sqlite3WinFileExists
#define sqlite3OsFullPathname       sqlite3WinFullPathname
#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable      sqlite3WinIsDirWritable
#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory      sqlite3WinSyncDirectory
#define sqlite3OsTempFileName       sqlite3WinTempFileName
#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed         sqlite3WinRandomSeed
#define sqlite3OsSleep              sqlite3WinSleep
#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime        sqlite3WinCurrentTime
#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex         sqlite3WinEnterMutex
#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex         sqlite3WinLeaveMutex
#define sqlite3OsInMutex            sqlite3WinInMutex
#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3WinThreadSpecificData
#define sqlite3OsMalloc             sqlite3GenericMalloc
#define sqlite3OsRealloc            sqlite3GenericRealloc
#define sqlite3OsFree               sqlite3GenericFree
#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize     sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
#define sqlite3OsDlopen             sqlite3WinDlopen
#define sqlite3OsDlsym              sqlite3WinDlsym
#define sqlite3OsDlclose            sqlite3WinDlclose
#endif
#if OS_OS2
#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite      sqlite3Os2OpenReadWrite
#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive      sqlite3Os2OpenExclusive
#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly       sqlite3Os2OpenReadOnly
#define sqlite3OsDelete             sqlite3Os2Delete
#define sqlite3OsFileExists         sqlite3Os2FileExists
#define sqlite3OsFullPathname       sqlite3Os2FullPathname
#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable      sqlite3Os2IsDirWritable
#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory      sqlite3Os2SyncDirectory
#define sqlite3OsTempFileName       sqlite3Os2TempFileName
#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed         sqlite3Os2RandomSeed
#define sqlite3OsSleep              sqlite3Os2Sleep
#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime        sqlite3Os2CurrentTime
#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex         sqlite3Os2EnterMutex
#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex         sqlite3Os2LeaveMutex
#define sqlite3OsInMutex            sqlite3Os2InMutex
#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3Os2ThreadSpecificData
#define sqlite3OsMalloc             sqlite3GenericMalloc
#define sqlite3OsRealloc            sqlite3GenericRealloc
#define sqlite3OsFree               sqlite3GenericFree
#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize     sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
#define sqlite3OsDlopen             sqlite3Os2Dlopen
#define sqlite3OsDlsym              sqlite3Os2Dlsym
#define sqlite3OsDlclose            sqlite3Os2Dlclose
#endif




/*
** If using an alternative OS interface, then we must have an "os_other.h"
** header file available for that interface.  Presumably the "os_other.h"
** header file contains #defines similar to those above.
*/
#if OS_OTHER
# include "os_other.h"
#endif



/*
** Forward declarations
*/
typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
typedef struct IoMethod IoMethod;

/*
** An instance of the following structure contains pointers to all
** methods on an OsFile object.
*/
struct IoMethod {
  int (*xClose)(OsFile**);
  int (*xOpenDirectory)(OsFile*, const char*);
  int (*xRead)(OsFile*, void*, int amt);
  int (*xWrite)(OsFile*, const void*, int amt);
  int (*xSeek)(OsFile*, i64 offset);
  int (*xTruncate)(OsFile*, i64 size);
  int (*xSync)(OsFile*, int);
  void (*xSetFullSync)(OsFile *id, int setting);
  int (*xFileHandle)(OsFile *id);
  int (*xFileSize)(OsFile*, i64 *pSize);
  int (*xLock)(OsFile*, int);
  int (*xUnlock)(OsFile*, int);
  int (*xLockState)(OsFile *id);
  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(OsFile *id);
  int (*xSectorSize)(OsFile *id);
};

/*
** The OsFile object describes an open disk file in an OS-dependent way.
** The version of OsFile defined here is a generic version.  Each OS
** implementation defines its own subclass of this structure that contains
** additional information needed to handle file I/O.  But the pMethod
** entry (pointing to the virtual function table) always occurs first
** so that we can always find the appropriate methods.
*/
struct OsFile {
  IoMethod const *pMethod;
};

/*
** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
**
** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
**
** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
** sqlite3OsLock().
*/
#define NO_LOCK         0
#define SHARED_LOCK     1
#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
#define PENDING_LOCK    3
#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4

/*
** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
**
** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
** UnlockFile().
**
** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
**
** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
**
** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
**
** These #defines are available in sqlite_aux.h so that adaptors for
** connecting SQLite to other operating systems can use the same byte
** ranges for locking.  In particular, the same locking strategy and
** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
**
** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
**
** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
** 1GB boundary.
**
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
#define PENDING_BYTE      0x40000000  /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */
#else
extern unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte;
#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3_pending_byte
#endif

#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
#define SHARED_SIZE       510

/*
** Prototypes for operating system interface routines.
*/
int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile**);
int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(OsFile*, const char*);
int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile*, void*, int amt);
int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile*, const void*, int amt);
int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile*, i64 offset);
int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile*, i64 size);
int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile*, int);
void sqlite3OsSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int setting);
int sqlite3OsFileHandle(OsFile *id);
int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile*, i64 *pSize);
int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile*, int);
int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile*, int);
int sqlite3OsLockState(OsFile *id);
int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id);
int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(const char*, OsFile**, int*);
int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char*, OsFile**, int);
int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char*, OsFile**);
int sqlite3OsDelete(const char*);
int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char*);
char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char*);
int sqlite3OsIsDirWritable(char*);
int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char*);
int sqlite3OsSectorSize(OsFile *id);
int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char*);
int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char*);
int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms);
int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double*);
void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(void);
void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(void);
int sqlite3OsInMutex(int);
ThreadData *sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(int);
void *sqlite3OsMalloc(int);
void *sqlite3OsRealloc(void *, int);
void sqlite3OsFree(void *);
int sqlite3OsAllocationSize(void *);
void *sqlite3OsDlopen(const char*);
void *sqlite3OsDlsym(void*, const char*);
int sqlite3OsDlclose(void*);

/*
** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO macro is defined, then the OS-layer
** interface routines are not called directly but are invoked using
** pointers to functions.  This allows the implementation of various
** OS-layer interface routines to be modified at run-time.  There are
** obscure but legitimate reasons for wanting to do this.  But for
** most users, a direct call to the underlying interface is preferable
** so the the redefinable I/O interface is turned off by default.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO

/*
** When redefinable I/O is enabled, a single global instance of the
** following structure holds pointers to the routines that SQLite 
** uses to talk with the underlying operating system.  Modify this
** structure (before using any SQLite API!) to accomodate perculiar
** operating system interfaces or behaviors.
*/
struct sqlite3OsVtbl {
  int (*xOpenReadWrite)(const char*, OsFile**, int*);
  int (*xOpenExclusive)(const char*, OsFile**, int);
  int (*xOpenReadOnly)(const char*, OsFile**);

  int (*xDelete)(const char*);
  int (*xFileExists)(const char*);
  char *(*xFullPathname)(const char*);
  int (*xIsDirWritable)(char*);
  int (*xSyncDirectory)(const char*);
  int (*xTempFileName)(char*);

  int (*xRandomSeed)(char*);
  int (*xSleep)(int ms);
  int (*xCurrentTime)(double*);

  void (*xEnterMutex)(void);
  void (*xLeaveMutex)(void);
  int (*xInMutex)(int);
  ThreadData *(*xThreadSpecificData)(int);

  void *(*xMalloc)(int);
  void *(*xRealloc)(void *, int);
  void (*xFree)(void *);
  int (*xAllocationSize)(void *);

  void *(*xDlopen)(const char*);
  void *(*xDlsym)(void*, const char*);
  int (*xDlclose)(void*);
};

/* Macro used to comment out routines that do not exists when there is
** no disk I/O or extension loading
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
# define IF_DISKIO(X)  0
#else
# define IF_DISKIO(X)  X
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
# define IF_DLOPEN(X)  0
#else
# define IF_DLOPEN(X)  X
#endif


#if defined(_SQLITE_OS_C_) || defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION)
  /*
  ** The os.c file implements the global virtual function table.
  ** We have to put this file here because the initializers
  ** (ex: sqlite3OsRandomSeed) are macros that are about to be
  ** redefined.
  */
  struct sqlite3OsVtbl sqlite3Os = {
    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite ),
    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsOpenExclusive ),
    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly ),
    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsDelete ),
    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsFileExists ),
    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsFullPathname ),
    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsIsDirWritable ),
    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsSyncDirectory ),
    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsTempFileName ),
    sqlite3OsRandomSeed,
    sqlite3OsSleep,
    sqlite3OsCurrentTime,
    sqlite3OsEnterMutex,
    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex,
    sqlite3OsInMutex,
    sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData,
    sqlite3OsMalloc,
    sqlite3OsRealloc,
    sqlite3OsFree,
    sqlite3OsAllocationSize,
    IF_DLOPEN( sqlite3OsDlopen ),
    IF_DLOPEN( sqlite3OsDlsym ),
    IF_DLOPEN( sqlite3OsDlclose ),
  };
#else
  /*
  ** Files other than os.c just reference the global virtual function table. 
  */
  extern struct sqlite3OsVtbl sqlite3Os;
#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_C_ */


/* This additional API routine is available with redefinable I/O */
struct sqlite3OsVtbl *sqlite3_os_switch(void);


/*
** Redefine the OS interface to go through the virtual function table
** rather than calling routines directly.
*/
#undef sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite
#undef sqlite3OsOpenExclusive
#undef sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly
#undef sqlite3OsDelete
#undef sqlite3OsFileExists
#undef sqlite3OsFullPathname
#undef sqlite3OsIsDirWritable
#undef sqlite3OsSyncDirectory
#undef sqlite3OsTempFileName
#undef sqlite3OsRandomSeed
#undef sqlite3OsSleep
#undef sqlite3OsCurrentTime
#undef sqlite3OsEnterMutex
#undef sqlite3OsLeaveMutex
#undef sqlite3OsInMutex
#undef sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData
#undef sqlite3OsMalloc
#undef sqlite3OsRealloc
#undef sqlite3OsFree
#undef sqlite3OsAllocationSize
#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite      sqlite3Os.xOpenReadWrite
#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive      sqlite3Os.xOpenExclusive
#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly       sqlite3Os.xOpenReadOnly
#define sqlite3OsDelete             sqlite3Os.xDelete
#define sqlite3OsFileExists         sqlite3Os.xFileExists
#define sqlite3OsFullPathname       sqlite3Os.xFullPathname
#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable      sqlite3Os.xIsDirWritable
#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory      sqlite3Os.xSyncDirectory
#define sqlite3OsTempFileName       sqlite3Os.xTempFileName
#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed         sqlite3Os.xRandomSeed
#define sqlite3OsSleep              sqlite3Os.xSleep
#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime        sqlite3Os.xCurrentTime
#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex         sqlite3Os.xEnterMutex
#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex         sqlite3Os.xLeaveMutex
#define sqlite3OsInMutex            sqlite3Os.xInMutex
#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3Os.xThreadSpecificData
#define sqlite3OsMalloc             sqlite3Os.xMalloc
#define sqlite3OsRealloc            sqlite3Os.xRealloc
#define sqlite3OsFree               sqlite3Os.xFree
#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize     sqlite3Os.xAllocationSize

#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO */

#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */

/************** End of os.h **************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in date.c ***********************/
#include <ctype.h>
#include <time.h>

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS

/*
** A structure for holding a single date and time.
*/
typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
struct DateTime {
  double rJD;      /* The julian day number */
  int Y, M, D;     /* Year, month, and day */
  int h, m;        /* Hour and minutes */
  int tz;          /* Timezone offset in minutes */
  double s;        /* Seconds */
  char validYMD;   /* True if Y,M,D are valid */
  char validHMS;   /* True if h,m,s are valid */
  char validJD;    /* True if rJD is valid */
  char validTZ;    /* True if tz is valid */
};


/*
** Convert zDate into one or more integers.  Additional arguments
** come in groups of 5 as follows:
**
**       N       number of digits in the integer
**       min     minimum allowed value of the integer
**       max     maximum allowed value of the integer
**       nextC   first character after the integer
**       pVal    where to write the integers value.
**
** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
*/
static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
  va_list ap;
  int val;
  int N;
  int min;
  int max;
  int nextC;
  int *pVal;
  int cnt = 0;
  va_start(ap, zDate);
  do{
    N = va_arg(ap, int);
    min = va_arg(ap, int);
    max = va_arg(ap, int);
    nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
    pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
    val = 0;
    while( N-- ){
      if( !isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
        goto end_getDigits;
      }
      val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
      zDate++;
    }
    if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
      goto end_getDigits;
    }
    *pVal = val;
    zDate++;
    cnt++;
  }while( nextC );
end_getDigits:
  va_end(ap);
  return cnt;
}

/*
** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number.  Return
** the number of digits converted.
*/
#define getValue sqlite3AtoF

/*
** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
** The extension is of the form:
**
**        (+/-)HH:MM
**
** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
** of change in *pnMin and return 0.  If a parser error occurs,
** return 0.
**
** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
*/
static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
  int sgn = 0;
  int nHr, nMn;
  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
  p->tz = 0;
  if( *zDate=='-' ){
    sgn = -1;
  }else if( *zDate=='+' ){
    sgn = +1;
  }else{
    return *zDate!=0;
  }
  zDate++;
  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
    return 1;
  }
  zDate += 5;
  p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
  return *zDate!=0;
}

/*
** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits.  The
** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
**
** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
*/
static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
  int h, m, s;
  double ms = 0.0;
  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
    return 1;
  }
  zDate += 5;
  if( *zDate==':' ){
    zDate++;
    if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
      return 1;
    }
    zDate += 2;
    if( *zDate=='.' && isdigit((u8)zDate[1]) ){
      double rScale = 1.0;
      zDate++;
      while( isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
        ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
        rScale *= 10.0;
        zDate++;
      }
      ms /= rScale;
    }
  }else{
    s = 0;
  }
  p->validJD = 0;
  p->validHMS = 1;
  p->h = h;
  p->m = m;
  p->s = s + ms;
  if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
  p->validTZ = p->tz!=0;
  return 0;
}

/*
** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day.  We always assume
** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
**
** Reference:  Meeus page 61
*/
static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
  int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;

  if( p->validJD ) return;
  if( p->validYMD ){
    Y = p->Y;
    M = p->M;
    D = p->D;
  }else{
    Y = 2000;  /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
    M = 1;
    D = 1;
  }
  if( M<=2 ){
    Y--;
    M += 12;
  }
  A = Y/100;
  B = 2 - A + (A/4);
  X1 = 365.25*(Y+4716);
  X2 = 30.6001*(M+1);
  p->rJD = X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5;
  p->validJD = 1;
  if( p->validHMS ){
    p->rJD += (p->h*3600.0 + p->m*60.0 + p->s)/86400.0;
    if( p->validTZ ){
      p->rJD -= p->tz*60/86400.0;
      p->validYMD = 0;
      p->validHMS = 0;
      p->validTZ = 0;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Parse dates of the form
**
**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
**     YYYY-MM-DD
**
** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
** date.
*/
static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
  int Y, M, D, neg;

  if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
    zDate++;
    neg = 1;
  }else{
    neg = 0;
  }
  if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
    return 1;
  }
  zDate += 10;
  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
  if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
    /* We got the time */
  }else if( *zDate==0 ){
    p->validHMS = 0;
  }else{
    return 1;
  }
  p->validJD = 0;
  p->validYMD = 1;
  p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
  p->M = M;
  p->D = D;
  if( p->validTZ ){
    computeJD(p);
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number.  Return
** the number of errors.
**
** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
**
**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
**      DDDD.DD 
**      now
**
** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional.  The seconds portion
** (":SS.FFF") is option.  The year and date can be omitted as long
** as there is a time string.  The time string can be omitted as long
** as there is a year and date.
*/
static int parseDateOrTime(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
    double r;
    sqlite3OsCurrentTime(&r);
    p->rJD = r;
    p->validJD = 1;
    return 0;
  }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
    getValue(zDate, &p->rJD);
    p->validJD = 1;
    return 0;
  }
  return 1;
}

/*
** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
*/
static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
  int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
  if( p->validYMD ) return;
  if( !p->validJD ){
    p->Y = 2000;
    p->M = 1;
    p->D = 1;
  }else{
    Z = p->rJD + 0.5;
    A = (Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25;
    A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
    B = A + 1524;
    C = (B - 122.1)/365.25;
    D = 365.25*C;
    E = (B-D)/30.6001;
    X1 = 30.6001*E;
    p->D = B - D - X1;
    p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
    p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
  }
  p->validYMD = 1;
}

/*
** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
*/
static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
  int Z, s;
  if( p->validHMS ) return;
  computeJD(p);
  Z = p->rJD + 0.5;
  s = (p->rJD + 0.5 - Z)*86400000.0 + 0.5;
  p->s = 0.001*s;
  s = p->s;
  p->s -= s;
  p->h = s/3600;
  s -= p->h*3600;
  p->m = s/60;
  p->s += s - p->m*60;
  p->validHMS = 1;
}

/*
** Compute both YMD and HMS
*/
static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
  computeYMD(p);
  computeHMS(p);
}

/*
** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
*/
static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
  p->validYMD = 0;
  p->validHMS = 0;
  p->validTZ = 0;
}

/*
** Compute the difference (in days) between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT)
** for the time value p where p is in UTC.
*/
static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
  DateTime x, y;
  time_t t;
  x = *p;
  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
  if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
    x.Y = 2000;
    x.M = 1;
    x.D = 1;
    x.h = 0;
    x.m = 0;
    x.s = 0.0;
  } else {
    int s = x.s + 0.5;
    x.s = s;
  }
  x.tz = 0;
  x.validJD = 0;
  computeJD(&x);
  t = (x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5;
#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
  {
    struct tm sLocal;
    localtime_r(&t, &sLocal);
    y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
    y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
    y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
    y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
    y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
    y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
  }
#else
  {
    struct tm *pTm;
    sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    pTm = localtime(&t);
    y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900;
    y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1;
    y.D = pTm->tm_mday;
    y.h = pTm->tm_hour;
    y.m = pTm->tm_min;
    y.s = pTm->tm_sec;
    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  }
#endif
  y.validYMD = 1;
  y.validHMS = 1;
  y.validJD = 0;
  y.validTZ = 0;
  computeJD(&y);
  return y.rJD - x.rJD;
}

/*
** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
** as follows:
**
**     NNN days
**     NNN hours
**     NNN minutes
**     NNN.NNNN seconds
**     NNN months
**     NNN years
**     start of month
**     start of year
**     start of week
**     start of day
**     weekday N
**     unixepoch
**     localtime
**     utc
**
** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error.
*/
static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
  int rc = 1;
  int n;
  double r;
  char *z, zBuf[30];
  z = zBuf;
  for(n=0; n<sizeof(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
    z[n] = tolower(zMod[n]);
  }
  z[n] = 0;
  switch( z[0] ){
    case 'l': {
      /*    localtime
      **
      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
      ** show local time.
      */
      if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
        computeJD(p);
        p->rJD += localtimeOffset(p);
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        rc = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    case 'u': {
      /*
      **    unixepoch
      **
      ** Treat the current value of p->rJD as the number of
      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
      */
      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
        p->rJD = p->rJD/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        rc = 0;
      }else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
        double c1;
        computeJD(p);
        c1 = localtimeOffset(p);
        p->rJD -= c1;
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        p->rJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p);
        rc = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    case 'w': {
      /*
      **    weekday N
      **
      ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
      ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth.  If the
      ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
      */
      if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0
                 && (n=r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
        int Z;
        computeYMD_HMS(p);
        p->validTZ = 0;
        p->validJD = 0;
        computeJD(p);
        Z = p->rJD + 1.5;
        Z %= 7;
        if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
        p->rJD += n - Z;
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        rc = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    case 's': {
      /*
      **    start of TTTTT
      **
      ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
      ** or month or year.
      */
      if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
      z += 9;
      computeYMD(p);
      p->validHMS = 1;
      p->h = p->m = 0;
      p->s = 0.0;
      p->validTZ = 0;
      p->validJD = 0;
      if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
        p->D = 1;
        rc = 0;
      }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
        computeYMD(p);
        p->M = 1;
        p->D = 1;
        rc = 0;
      }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
        rc = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    case '+':
    case '-':
    case '0':
    case '1':
    case '2':
    case '3':
    case '4':
    case '5':
    case '6':
    case '7':
    case '8':
    case '9': {
      n = getValue(z, &r);
      assert( n>=1 );
      if( z[n]==':' ){
        /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
        ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
        ** to the time.  The ".FFF" may be omitted.  The ":SS.FFF" may be
        ** omitted.
        */
        const char *z2 = z;
        DateTime tx;
        int day;
        if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z2) ) z2++;
        memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
        if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
        computeJD(&tx);
        tx.rJD -= 0.5;
        day = (int)tx.rJD;
        tx.rJD -= day;
        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.rJD = -tx.rJD;
        computeJD(p);
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        p->rJD += tx.rJD;
        rc = 0;
        break;
      }
      z += n;
      while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
      n = strlen(z);
      if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
      if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
      computeJD(p);
      rc = 0;
      if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
        p->rJD += r;
      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
        p->rJD += r/24.0;
      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
        p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0);
      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
        p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0*60.0);
      }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
        int x, y;
        computeYMD_HMS(p);
        p->M += r;
        x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
        p->Y += x;
        p->M -= x*12;
        p->validJD = 0;
        computeJD(p);
        y = r;
        if( y!=r ){
          p->rJD += (r - y)*30.0;
        }
      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
        computeYMD_HMS(p);
        p->Y += r;
        p->validJD = 0;
        computeJD(p);
      }else{
        rc = 1;
      }
      clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
      break;
    }
    default: {
      break;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Process time function arguments.  argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
** argv[1] and following are modifiers.  Parse them all and write
** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p.  Return 0
** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
*/
static int isDate(int argc, sqlite3_value **argv, DateTime *p){
  int i;
  if( argc==0 ) return 1;
  if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) || 
      parseDateOrTime((char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), p) ) return 1;
  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) || 
        parseModifier((char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]), p) ) return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}


/*
** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
** of SQLite.
*/

/*
**    julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
*/
static void juliandayFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
    computeJD(&x);
    sqlite3_result_double(context, x.rJD);
  }
}

/*
**    datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
*/
static void datetimeFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
    char zBuf[100];
    computeYMD_HMS(&x);
    sprintf(zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m,
           (int)(x.s));
    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
**    time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return HH:MM:SS
*/
static void timeFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
    char zBuf[100];
    computeHMS(&x);
    sprintf(zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
**    date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return YYYY-MM-DD
*/
static void dateFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
    char zBuf[100];
    computeYMD(&x);
    sprintf(zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
**    strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
**
**   %d  day of month
**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
**   %H  hour 00-24
**   %j  day of year 000-366
**   %J  ** Julian day number
**   %m  month 01-12
**   %M  minute 00-59
**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
**   %S  seconds 00-59
**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
**   %W  week of year 00-53
**   %Y  year 0000-9999
**   %%  %
*/
static void strftimeFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  int n, i, j;
  char *z;
  const char *zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  char zBuf[100];
  if( zFmt==0 || isDate(argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
  for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
    if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
      switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
        case 'd':
        case 'H':
        case 'm':
        case 'M':
        case 'S':
        case 'W':
          n++;
          /* fall thru */
        case 'w':
        case '%':
          break;
        case 'f':
          n += 8;
          break;
        case 'j':
          n += 3;
          break;
        case 'Y':
          n += 8;
          break;
        case 's':
        case 'J':
          n += 50;
          break;
        default:
          return;  /* ERROR.  return a NULL */
      }
      i++;
    }
  }
  if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
    z = zBuf;
  }else{
    z = sqliteMalloc( n );
    if( z==0 ) return;
  }
  computeJD(&x);
  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
  for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
    if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
      z[j++] = zFmt[i];
    }else{
      i++;
      switch( zFmt[i] ){
        case 'd':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
        case 'f': {
          double s = x.s;
          if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
          sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
          j += strlen(&z[j]);
          break;
        }
        case 'H':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
        case 'W': /* Fall thru */
        case 'j': {
          int nDay;             /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
          DateTime y = x;
          y.validJD = 0;
          y.M = 1;
          y.D = 1;
          computeJD(&y);
          nDay = x.rJD - y.rJD + 0.5;
          if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
            int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
            wd = ((int)(x.rJD+0.5)) % 7;
            sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
            j += 2;
          }else{
            sprintf(&z[j],"%03d",nDay+1);
            j += 3;
          }
          break;
        }
        case 'J':  sprintf(&z[j],"%.16g",x.rJD); j+=strlen(&z[j]); break;
        case 'm':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
        case 'M':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
        case 's': {
          sprintf(&z[j],"%d",(int)((x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5));
          j += strlen(&z[j]);
          break;
        }
        case 'S':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
        case 'w':  z[j++] = (((int)(x.rJD+1.5)) % 7) + '0'; break;
        case 'Y':  sprintf(&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=strlen(&z[j]); break;
        case '%':  z[j++] = '%'; break;
      }
    }
  }
  z[j] = 0;
  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  if( z!=zBuf ){
    sqliteFree(z);
  }
}

/*
** current_time()
**
** This function returns the same value as time('now').
*/
static void ctimeFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
  if( pVal ){
    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
    timeFunc(context, 1, &pVal);
    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
  }
}

/*
** current_date()
**
** This function returns the same value as date('now').
*/
static void cdateFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
  if( pVal ){
    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
    dateFunc(context, 1, &pVal);
    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
  }
}

/*
** current_timestamp()
**
** This function returns the same value as datetime('now').
*/
static void ctimestampFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
  if( pVal ){
    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
    datetimeFunc(context, 1, &pVal);
    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
  }
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
/*
** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time
** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version
** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp()
** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that
** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc.
**
** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime()
** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied
** as the user-data for the function.
*/
static void currentTimeFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  time_t t;
  char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
  char zBuf[20];

  time(&t);
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  {
    extern int sqlite3_current_time;  /* See os_XXX.c */
    if( sqlite3_current_time ){
      t = sqlite3_current_time;
    }
  }
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
  {
    struct tm sNow;
    gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
  }
#else
  {
    struct tm *pTm;
    sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    pTm = gmtime(&t);
    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, pTm);
    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  }
#endif

  sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#endif

/*
** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
** external linkage.
*/
void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
  static const struct {
     char *zName;
     int nArg;
     void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
  } aFuncs[] = {
    { "julianday", -1, juliandayFunc   },
    { "date",      -1, dateFunc        },
    { "time",      -1, timeFunc        },
    { "datetime",  -1, datetimeFunc    },
    { "strftime",  -1, strftimeFunc    },
    { "current_time",       0, ctimeFunc      },
    { "current_timestamp",  0, ctimestampFunc },
    { "current_date",       0, cdateFunc      },
  };
  int i;

  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
    sqlite3CreateFunc(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
        SQLITE_UTF8, 0, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
  }
#else
  static const struct {
     char *zName;
     char *zFormat;
  } aFuncs[] = {
    { "current_time", "%H:%M:%S" },
    { "current_date", "%Y-%m-%d" },
    { "current_timestamp", "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S" }
  };
  int i;

  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
    sqlite3CreateFunc(db, aFuncs[i].zName, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 
        aFuncs[i].zFormat, currentTimeFunc, 0, 0);
  }
#endif
}

/************** End of date.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/
/*
** 2005 November 29
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
** architectures.
*/
#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_

/*
** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
** of the OsFile object.  This is mostly just syntactic sugar.  All
** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
** C++ instead of plain old C.
*/
int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile **pId){
  OsFile *id;
  if( pId!=0 && (id = *pId)!=0 ){
    return id->pMethod->xClose(pId);
  }else{
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
}
int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(OsFile *id, const char *zName){
  return id->pMethod->xOpenDirectory(id, zName);
}
int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
  return id->pMethod->xRead(id, pBuf, amt);
}
int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
  return id->pMethod->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt);
}
int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
  return id->pMethod->xSeek(id, offset);
}
int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 size){
  return id->pMethod->xTruncate(id, size);
}
int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id, int fullsync){
  return id->pMethod->xSync(id, fullsync);
}
void sqlite3OsSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int value){
  id->pMethod->xSetFullSync(id, value);
}
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/* This method is currently only used while interactively debugging the 
** pager. More specificly, it can only be used when sqlite3DebugPrintf() is
** included in the build. */
int sqlite3OsFileHandle(OsFile *id){
  return id->pMethod->xFileHandle(id);
}
#endif
int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
  return id->pMethod->xFileSize(id, pSize);
}
int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile *id, int lockType){
  return id->pMethod->xLock(id, lockType);
}
int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id, int lockType){
  return id->pMethod->xUnlock(id, lockType);
}
int sqlite3OsLockState(OsFile *id){
  return id->pMethod->xLockState(id);
}
int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
  return id->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock(id);
}
int sqlite3OsSectorSize(OsFile *id){
  int (*xSectorSize)(OsFile*) = id->pMethod->xSectorSize;
  return xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO
/*
** A function to return a pointer to the virtual function table.
** This routine really does not accomplish very much since the
** virtual function table is a global variable and anybody who
** can call this function can just as easily access the variable
** for themselves.  Nevertheless, we include this routine for
** backwards compatibility with an earlier redefinable I/O
** interface design.
*/
struct sqlite3OsVtbl *sqlite3_os_switch(void){
  return &sqlite3Os;
}
#endif

/************** End of os.c **************************************************/
/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/
/*
** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
**
**************************************************************************
**
** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
** found in the standard C library.  The following enhancements are
** supported:
**
**      +  Additional functions.  The standard set of "printf" functions
**         includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and
**         vsprintf.  This module adds the following:
**
**           *  snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument
**                          which is the size of the buffer written to.
**
**           *  mprintf --  Similar to sprintf.  Writes output to memory
**                          obtained from malloc.
**
**           *  xprintf --  Calls a function to dispose of output.
**
**           *  nprintf --  No output, but returns the number of characters
**                          that would have been output by printf.
**
**           *  A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also
**              supplied.
**
**      +  A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported:
**
**           *  The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be
**              be centered in the appropriately sized field.
**
**           *  The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation.
**
**           *  The %c field now accepts a precision.  The character output
**              is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies.
**
**           *  The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the
**              next character of the format string, instead of the next
**              argument.  For example,  printf("%.78'-")  prints 78 minus
**              signs, the same as  printf("%.78c",'-').
**
**      +  When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is
**         faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1.
**
**      +  All functions are fully reentrant.
**
*/

/*
** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
** following enumeration.
*/
#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
#define etEXP         3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
#define etGENERIC     4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
#define etSIZE        5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
#define etSTRING      6 /* Strings. %s */
#define etDYNSTRING   7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
#define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
#define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
#define etCHARLIT    10 /* Literal characters.  %' */
#define etSQLESCAPE  11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
#define etSQLESCAPE2 12 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
#define etTOKEN      13 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
#define etSRCLIST    14 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
#define etPOINTER    15 /* The %p conversion */


/*
** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
*/
typedef unsigned char etByte;

/*
** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
** by an instance of the following structure
*/
typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
} et_info;

/*
** Allowed values for et_info.flags
*/
#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
#define FLAG_STRING  4     /* Allow infinity precision */


/*
** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
** most frequently used conversion types first.
*/
static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
  {  'd', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  's',  0, 4, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
  {  'z',  0, 6, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
  {  'q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
  {  'Q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
  {  'u', 10, 0, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
#endif
  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
};
#define etNINFO  (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0]))

/*
** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
** conversions will work.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/*
** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
**
** Example:
**     input:     *val = 3.14159
**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
**
** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
** always returned.
*/
static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
  int digit;
  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
  if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0';
  digit = (int)*val;
  d = digit;
  digit += '0';
  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
  return digit;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */

/*
** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be less than 350.  But beware - for
** smaller values some %f conversions may go into an infinite loop.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 350
#endif
#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE  /* Size of the output buffer */

/*
** The root program.  All variations call this core.
**
** INPUTS:
**   func   This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments
**            1. A pointer to anything.  Same as the "arg" parameter.
**            2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output
**               (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.)
**            3. An integer number of characters to be output.
**               (Note: This number might be zero.)
**
**   arg    This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the
**          first argument to "func".  Use it for whatever you like.
**
**   fmt    This is the format string, as in the usual print.
**
**   ap     This is a pointer to a list of arguments.  Same as in
**          vfprint.
**
** OUTPUTS:
**          The return value is the total number of characters sent to
**          the function "func".  Returns -1 on a error.
**
** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below
** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast
** will run.
*/
static int vxprintf(
  void (*func)(void*,const char*,int),     /* Consumer of text */
  void *arg,                         /* First argument to the consumer */
  int useExtended,                   /* Allow extended %-conversions */
  const char *fmt,                   /* Format string */
  va_list ap                         /* arguments */
){
  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
  int length;                /* Length of the field */
  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
  int count;                 /* Total number of characters output */
  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
  etByte flag_plussign;      /* True if "+" flag is present */
  etByte flag_blanksign;     /* True if " " flag is present */
  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
  etByte flag_altform2;      /* True if "!" flag is present */
  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
  etByte done;               /* Loop termination flag */
  sqlite_uint64 longvalue;   /* Value for integer types */
  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
  etByte errorflag = 0;      /* True if an error is encountered */
  etByte xtype;              /* Conversion paradigm */
  char *zExtra;              /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */
  static const char spaces[] =
   "                                                                         ";
#define etSPACESIZE (sizeof(spaces)-1)
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  int  exp, e2;              /* exponent of real numbers */
  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
  etByte flag_exp;           /* True to force display of the exponent */
  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
#endif

  func(arg,"",0);
  count = length = 0;
  bufpt = 0;
  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
    if( c!='%' ){
      int amt;
      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
      amt = 1;
      while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++;
      (*func)(arg,bufpt,amt);
      count += amt;
      if( c==0 ) break;
    }
    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
      errorflag = 1;
      (*func)(arg,"%",1);
      count++;
      break;
    }
    /* Find out what flags are present */
    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
     flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0;
    done = 0;
    do{
      switch( c ){
        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     break;
        case '+':   flag_plussign = 1;        break;
        case ' ':   flag_blanksign = 1;       break;
        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   break;
        case '!':   flag_altform2 = 1;        break;
        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         break;
        default:    done = 1;                 break;
      }
    }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
    /* Get the field width */
    width = 0;
    if( c=='*' ){
      width = va_arg(ap,int);
      if( width<0 ){
        flag_leftjustify = 1;
        width = -width;
      }
      c = *++fmt;
    }else{
      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
        width = width*10 + c - '0';
        c = *++fmt;
      }
    }
    if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){
      width = etBUFSIZE-10;
    }
    /* Get the precision */
    if( c=='.' ){
      precision = 0;
      c = *++fmt;
      if( c=='*' ){
        precision = va_arg(ap,int);
        if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
        c = *++fmt;
      }else{
        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
          precision = precision*10 + c - '0';
          c = *++fmt;
        }
      }
    }else{
      precision = -1;
    }
    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
    if( c=='l' ){
      flag_long = 1;
      c = *++fmt;
      if( c=='l' ){
        flag_longlong = 1;
        c = *++fmt;
      }else{
        flag_longlong = 0;
      }
    }else{
      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
    }
    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
    infop = 0;
    for(idx=0; idx<etNINFO; idx++){
      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
        if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
          xtype = infop->type;
        }else{
          return -1;
        }
        break;
      }
    }
    zExtra = 0;
    if( infop==0 ){
      return -1;
    }


    /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */
    if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 && (infop->flags & FLAG_STRING)==0 ){
      precision = etBUFSIZE-40;
    }

    /*
    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
    **
    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
    **   flag_altform2               TRUE if a '!' is present.
    **   flag_plussign               TRUE if a '+' is present.
    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
    **                               field width was negative.
    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
    **   flag_long                   TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
    **                               the conversion character.
    **   flag_longlong               TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
    **                               the conversion character.
    **   flag_blanksign              TRUE if a ' ' is present.
    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
    **                               is -1.
    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
    */
    switch( xtype ){
      case etPOINTER:
        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
        /* Fall through into the next case */
      case etRADIX:
        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
          i64 v;
          if( flag_longlong )   v = va_arg(ap,i64);
          else if( flag_long )  v = va_arg(ap,long int);
          else                  v = va_arg(ap,int);
          if( v<0 ){
            longvalue = -v;
            prefix = '-';
          }else{
            longvalue = v;
            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
            else                       prefix = 0;
          }
        }else{
          if( flag_longlong )   longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
          else if( flag_long )  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
          else                  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
          prefix = 0;
        }
        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
        }
        bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
        {
          register const char *cset;      /* Use registers for speed */
          register int base;
          cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
          base = infop->base;
          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
            *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
            longvalue = longvalue/base;
          }while( longvalue>0 );
        }
        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
        for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
        }
        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
          const char *pre;
          char x;
          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
          if( *bufpt!=pre[0] ){
            for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
          }
        }
        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
        break;
      case etFLOAT:
      case etEXP:
      case etGENERIC:
        realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
        if( precision>etBUFSIZE/2-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE/2-10;
        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
          realvalue = -realvalue;
          prefix = '-';
        }else{
          if( flag_plussign )          prefix = '+';
          else if( flag_blanksign )    prefix = ' ';
          else                         prefix = 0;
        }
        if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
#if 0
        /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used.  Wierd! */
        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
#else
        /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */
        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){}
#endif
        if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
        exp = 0;
        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
          while( realvalue>=1e32 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-32; exp+=32; }
          while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; }
          while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
          while( realvalue<1e-8 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
          while( realvalue<1.0 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
          if( exp>350 || exp<-350 ){
            bufpt = "NaN";
            length = 3;
            break;
          }
        }
        bufpt = buf;
        /*
        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
        */
        flag_exp = xtype==etEXP;
        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
          realvalue += rounder;
          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
        }
        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
            xtype = etEXP;
          }else{
            precision = precision - exp;
            xtype = etFLOAT;
          }
        }else{
          flag_rtz = 0;
        }
        if( xtype==etEXP ){
          e2 = 0;
        }else{
          e2 = exp;
        }
        nsd = 0;
        flag_dp = (precision>0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
        /* The sign in front of the number */
        if( prefix ){
          *(bufpt++) = prefix;
        }
        /* Digits prior to the decimal point */
        if( e2<0 ){
          *(bufpt++) = '0';
        }else{
          for(; e2>=0; e2--){
            *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
          }
        }
        /* The decimal point */
        if( flag_dp ){
          *(bufpt++) = '.';
        }
        /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first
        ** significant digit of the number */
        for(e2++; e2<0 && precision>0; precision--, e2++){
          *(bufpt++) = '0';
        }
        /* Significant digits after the decimal point */
        while( (precision--)>0 ){
          *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
        }
        /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */
        if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){
          while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0;
          assert( bufpt>buf );
          if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){
            if( flag_altform2 ){
              *(bufpt++) = '0';
            }else{
              *(--bufpt) = 0;
            }
          }
        }
        /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
        if( flag_exp || (xtype==etEXP && exp) ){
          *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
          if( exp<0 ){
            *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
          }else{
            *(bufpt++) = '+';
          }
          if( exp>=100 ){
            *(bufpt++) = (exp/100)+'0';                /* 100's digit */
            exp %= 100;
          }
          *(bufpt++) = exp/10+'0';                     /* 10's digit */
          *(bufpt++) = exp%10+'0';                     /* 1's digit */
        }
        *bufpt = 0;

        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
        ** integer conversions. */
        length = bufpt-buf;
        bufpt = buf;

        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
        ** set and we are not left justified */
        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
          int i;
          int nPad = width - length;
          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
          }
          i = prefix!=0;
          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
          length = width;
        }
#endif
        break;
      case etSIZE:
        *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = count;
        length = width = 0;
        break;
      case etPERCENT:
        buf[0] = '%';
        bufpt = buf;
        length = 1;
        break;
      case etCHARLIT:
      case etCHARX:
        c = buf[0] = (xtype==etCHARX ? va_arg(ap,int) : *++fmt);
        if( precision>=0 ){
          for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = c;
          length = precision;
        }else{
          length =1;
        }
        bufpt = buf;
        break;
      case etSTRING:
      case etDYNSTRING:
        bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
        if( bufpt==0 ){
          bufpt = "";
        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
          zExtra = bufpt;
        }
        length = strlen(bufpt);
        if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision;
        break;
      case etSQLESCAPE:
      case etSQLESCAPE2: {
        int i, j, n, ch, isnull;
        int needQuote;
        char *escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
        isnull = escarg==0;
        if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
        for(i=n=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
          if( ch=='\'' )  n++;
        }
        needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
        n += i + 1 + needQuote*2;
        if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
          bufpt = zExtra = sqliteMalloc( n );
          if( bufpt==0 ) return -1;
        }else{
          bufpt = buf;
        }
        j = 0;
        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = '\'';
        for(i=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
          bufpt[j++] = ch;
          if( ch=='\'' ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
        }
        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = '\'';
        bufpt[j] = 0;
        length = j;
        /* The precision is ignored on %q and %Q */
        /* if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
        break;
      }
      case etTOKEN: {
        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
        if( pToken && pToken->z ){
          (*func)(arg, (char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
        }
        length = width = 0;
        break;
      }
      case etSRCLIST: {
        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
        if( pItem->zDatabase && pItem->zDatabase[0] ){
          (*func)(arg, pItem->zDatabase, strlen(pItem->zDatabase));
          (*func)(arg, ".", 1);
        }
        (*func)(arg, pItem->zName, strlen(pItem->zName));
        length = width = 0;
        break;
      }
    }/* End switch over the format type */
    /*
    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
    ** the output.
    */
    if( !flag_leftjustify ){
      register int nspace;
      nspace = width-length;
      if( nspace>0 ){
        count += nspace;
        while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){
          (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE);
          nspace -= etSPACESIZE;
        }
        if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace);
      }
    }
    if( length>0 ){
      (*func)(arg,bufpt,length);
      count += length;
    }
    if( flag_leftjustify ){
      register int nspace;
      nspace = width-length;
      if( nspace>0 ){
        count += nspace;
        while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){
          (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE);
          nspace -= etSPACESIZE;
        }
        if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace);
      }
    }
    if( zExtra ){
      sqliteFree(zExtra);
    }
  }/* End for loop over the format string */
  return errorflag ? -1 : count;
} /* End of function */


/* This structure is used to store state information about the
** write to memory that is currently in progress.
*/
struct sgMprintf {
  char *zBase;     /* A base allocation */
  char *zText;     /* The string collected so far */
  int  nChar;      /* Length of the string so far */
  int  nTotal;     /* Output size if unconstrained */
  int  nAlloc;     /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Function used to realloc memory */
};

/* 
** This function implements the callback from vxprintf. 
**
** This routine add nNewChar characters of text in zNewText to
** the sgMprintf structure pointed to by "arg".
*/
static void mout(void *arg, const char *zNewText, int nNewChar){
  struct sgMprintf *pM = (struct sgMprintf*)arg;
  pM->nTotal += nNewChar;
  if( pM->nChar + nNewChar + 1 > pM->nAlloc ){
    if( pM->xRealloc==0 ){
      nNewChar =  pM->nAlloc - pM->nChar - 1;
    }else{
      pM->nAlloc = pM->nChar + nNewChar*2 + 1;
      if( pM->zText==pM->zBase ){
        pM->zText = pM->xRealloc(0, pM->nAlloc);
        if( pM->zText && pM->nChar ){
          memcpy(pM->zText, pM->zBase, pM->nChar);
        }
      }else{
        char *zNew;
        zNew = pM->xRealloc(pM->zText, pM->nAlloc);
        if( zNew ){
          pM->zText = zNew;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  if( pM->zText ){
    if( nNewChar>0 ){
      memcpy(&pM->zText[pM->nChar], zNewText, nNewChar);
      pM->nChar += nNewChar;
    }
    pM->zText[pM->nChar] = 0;
  }
}

/*
** This routine is a wrapper around xprintf() that invokes mout() as
** the consumer.  
*/
static char *base_vprintf(
  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int),   /* Routine to realloc memory. May be NULL */
  int useInternal,                /* Use internal %-conversions if true */
  char *zInitBuf,                 /* Initially write here, before mallocing */
  int nInitBuf,                   /* Size of zInitBuf[] */
  const char *zFormat,            /* format string */
  va_list ap                      /* arguments */
){
  struct sgMprintf sM;
  sM.zBase = sM.zText = zInitBuf;
  sM.nChar = sM.nTotal = 0;
  sM.nAlloc = nInitBuf;
  sM.xRealloc = xRealloc;
  vxprintf(mout, &sM, useInternal, zFormat, ap);
  if( xRealloc ){
    if( sM.zText==sM.zBase ){
      sM.zText = xRealloc(0, sM.nChar+1);
      if( sM.zText ){
        memcpy(sM.zText, sM.zBase, sM.nChar+1);
      }
    }else if( sM.nAlloc>sM.nChar+10 ){
      char *zNew = xRealloc(sM.zText, sM.nChar+1);
      if( zNew ){
        sM.zText = zNew;
      }
    }
  }
  return sM.zText;
}

/*
** Realloc that is a real function, not a macro.
*/
static void *printf_realloc(void *old, int size){
  return sqliteRealloc(old,size);
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
char *sqlite3VMPrintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
  return base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
char *sqlite3MPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  char *z;
  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  z = base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  return z;
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  Omit the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
  return base_vprintf(sqlite3_realloc, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()().  Omit the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  char *z;
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  return z;
}

/*
** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
** specified by some locales.
*/
char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
  char *z;
  va_list ap;

  va_start(ap,zFormat);
  z = base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, n, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  return z;
}

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
*/
void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
  extern int getpid(void);
  va_list ap;
  char zBuf[500];
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
  fflush(stdout);
}
#endif

/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
**
** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
**
** $Id: sqlite3.c,v 1.4 2007/06/22 01:30:16 julien.pierre.bugs%sun.com Exp $
*/


/*
** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG.  The Mutex
** must be held while executing this routine.
**
** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this?
** Because the OP_NewRowid opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very
** good source of random numbers.  The lrand48() library function may
** well be good enough.  But maybe not.  Or maybe lrand48() has some
** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems.  It is hard
** to know.  To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48()
** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based
** on RC4, which we know works very well.
**
** (Later):  Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of
** randomness any more.  But we will leave this code in all the same.
*/
static int randomByte(void){
  unsigned char t;

  /* All threads share a single random number generator.
  ** This structure is the current state of the generator.
  */
  static struct {
    unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
    unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
    unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
  } prng;

  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
  **
  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
  */
  if( !prng.isInit ){
    int i;
    char k[256];
    prng.j = 0;
    prng.i = 0;
    sqlite3OsRandomSeed(k);
    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
      prng.s[i] = i;
    }
    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
      prng.j += prng.s[i] + k[i];
      t = prng.s[prng.j];
      prng.s[prng.j] = prng.s[i];
      prng.s[i] = t;
    }
    prng.isInit = 1;
  }

  /* Generate and return single random byte
  */
  prng.i++;
  t = prng.s[prng.i];
  prng.j += t;
  prng.s[prng.i] = prng.s[prng.j];
  prng.s[prng.j] = t;
  t += prng.s[prng.i];
  return prng.s[t];
}

/*
** Return N random bytes.
*/
void sqlite3Randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  while( N-- ){
    *(zBuf++) = randomByte();
  }
  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
}

/************** End of random.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/
/*
** 2004 April 13
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
**
** $Id: sqlite3.c,v 1.4 2007/06/22 01:30:16 julien.pierre.bugs%sun.com Exp $
**
** Notes on UTF-8:
**
**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**
**
** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
**
**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**
**
** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
**
**
** Handling of malformed strings:
**
** SQLite accepts and processes malformed strings without an error wherever
** possible. However this is not possible when converting between UTF-8 and
** UTF-16.
**
** When converting malformed UTF-8 strings to UTF-16, one instance of the
** replacement character U+FFFD for each byte that cannot be interpeted as
** part of a valid unicode character.
**
** When converting malformed UTF-16 strings to UTF-8, one instance of the
** replacement character U+FFFD for each pair of bytes that cannot be
** interpeted as part of a valid unicode character.
**
** This file contains the following public routines:
**
** sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate() - Translate the encoding used by a Mem* string.
** sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom() - Handle byte-order-marks in UTF16 Mem* strings.
** sqlite3utf16ByteLen()     - Calculate byte-length of a void* UTF16 string.
** sqlite3utf8CharLen()      - Calculate char-length of a char* UTF8 string.
** sqlite3utf8LikeCompare()  - Do a LIKE match given two UTF8 char* strings.
**
*/
/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of utf.c *********************/
/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/
/*
** 2003 September 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for information that is private to the
** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
** this header information was factored out.
*/
#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
#define _VDBEINT_H_

/*
** intToKey() and keyToInt() used to transform the rowid.  But with
** the latest versions of the design they are no-ops.
*/
#define keyToInt(X)   (X)
#define intToKey(X)   (X)

/*
** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the following
** array of string constants which are the names of all VDBE opcodes.  This
** array is defined in a separate source code file named opcode.c which is
** automatically generated by the makefile.
*/
extern const char *const sqlite3OpcodeNames[];

/*
** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
** of the following structure.
*/
typedef struct VdbeOp Op;

/*
** Boolean values
*/
typedef unsigned char Bool;

/*
** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
** is currently pointing to.
** 
** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
** instance of the following structure.
**
** If the Cursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is
** really a single row that represents the NEW or OLD pseudo-table of
** a row trigger.  The data for the row is stored in Cursor.pData and
** the rowid is in Cursor.iKey.
*/
struct Cursor {
  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
  int iDb;              /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
  i64 lastRowid;        /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
  i64 nextRowid;        /* Next rowid returned by OP_NewRowid */
  Bool zeroed;          /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
  Bool rowidIsValid;    /* True if lastRowid is valid */
  Bool atFirst;         /* True if pointing to first entry */
  Bool useRandomRowid;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
  Bool nullRow;         /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
  Bool nextRowidValid;  /* True if the nextRowid field is valid */
  Bool pseudoTable;     /* This is a NEW or OLD pseudo-tables of a trigger */
  Bool deferredMoveto;  /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
  Bool isTable;         /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
  Bool isIndex;         /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
  u8 bogusIncrKey;      /* Something for pIncrKey to point to if pKeyInfo==0 */
  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
  int nData;            /* Number of bytes in pData */
  char *pData;          /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */
  i64 iKey;             /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */
  u8 *pIncrKey;         /* Pointer to pKeyInfo->incrKey */
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
  int nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */

  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheValid is true.
  ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
  ** be NULL.
  */
  int cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
  int payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
  u32 *aType;           /* Type values for all entries in the record */
  u32 *aOffset;         /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
  u8 *aRow;             /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
};
typedef struct Cursor Cursor;

/*
** Number of bytes of string storage space available to each stack
** layer without having to malloc.  NBFS is short for Number of Bytes
** For Strings.
*/
#define NBFS 32

/*
** A value for Cursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
*/
#define CACHE_STALE 0

/*
** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
** integer etc.) of the same value.  A value (and therefore Mem structure)
** has the following properties:
**
** Each value has a manifest type. The manifest type of the value stored
** in a Mem struct is returned by the MemType(Mem*) macro. The type is
** one of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_REAL, SQLITE_TEXT or
** SQLITE_BLOB.
*/
struct Mem {
  union {
    i64 i;              /* Integer value. Or FuncDef* when flags==MEM_Agg */
    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
  } u;
  double r;           /* Real value */
  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, including '\0' */
  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
  u8  type;           /* One of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, etc. */
  u8  enc;            /* TEXT_Utf8, TEXT_Utf16le, or TEXT_Utf16be */
  void (*xDel)(void *);  /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
  char zShort[NBFS];  /* Space for short strings */
};
typedef struct Mem Mem;

/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
**
** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
** No other flags may be set in this case.
**
** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
**
** Multiple of these values can appear in Mem.flags.  But only one
** at a time can appear in Mem.type.
*/
#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */

/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
*/
#define MEM_Term      0x0020   /* String rep is nul terminated */
#define MEM_Dyn       0x0040   /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
#define MEM_Static    0x0080   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
#define MEM_Ephem     0x0100   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
#define MEM_Short     0x0200   /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort */
#define MEM_Agg       0x0400   /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */


/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains
** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
** of the function.  This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata()
** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs.  The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data
** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function.  This
** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular
** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple
** invocations.
*/
struct VdbeFunc {
  FuncDef *pFunc;               /* The definition of the function */
  int nAux;                     /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */
  struct AuxData {
    void *pAux;                   /* Aux data for the i-th argument */
    void (*xDelete)(void *);      /* Destructor for the aux data */
  } apAux[1];                   /* One slot for each function argument */
};
typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;

/*
** The "context" argument for a installable function.  A pointer to an
** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
** implement the SQL functions.
**
** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
** structure are known.
**
** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
** (Mem) which are only defined there.
*/
struct sqlite3_context {
  FuncDef *pFunc;       /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */
  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;  /* Auxilary data, if created. */
  Mem s;                /* The return value is stored here */
  Mem *pMem;            /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
  u8 isError;           /* Set to true for an error */
  CollSeq *pColl;       /* Collating sequence */
};

/*
** A Set structure is used for quick testing to see if a value
** is part of a small set.  Sets are used to implement code like
** this:
**            x.y IN ('hi','hoo','hum')
*/
typedef struct Set Set;
struct Set {
  Hash hash;             /* A set is just a hash table */
  HashElem *prev;        /* Previously accessed hash elemen */
};

/*
** A FifoPage structure holds a single page of valves.  Pages are arranged
** in a list.
*/
typedef struct FifoPage FifoPage;
struct FifoPage {
  int nSlot;         /* Number of entries aSlot[] */
  int iWrite;        /* Push the next value into this entry in aSlot[] */
  int iRead;         /* Read the next value from this entry in aSlot[] */
  FifoPage *pNext;   /* Next page in the fifo */
  i64 aSlot[1];      /* One or more slots for rowid values */
};

/*
** The Fifo structure is typedef-ed in vdbeInt.h.  But the implementation
** of that structure is private to this file.
**
** The Fifo structure describes the entire fifo.  
*/
typedef struct Fifo Fifo;
struct Fifo {
  int nEntry;         /* Total number of entries */
  FifoPage *pFirst;   /* First page on the list */
  FifoPage *pLast;    /* Last page on the list */
};

/*
** A Context stores the last insert rowid, the last statement change count,
** and the current statement change count (i.e. changes since last statement).
** The current keylist is also stored in the context.
** Elements of Context structure type make up the ContextStack, which is
** updated by the ContextPush and ContextPop opcodes (used by triggers).
** The context is pushed before executing a trigger a popped when the
** trigger finishes.
*/
typedef struct Context Context;
struct Context {
  i64 lastRowid;    /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
  int nChange;      /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
  Fifo sFifo;       /* Records that will participate in a DELETE or UPDATE */
};

/*
** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
** state of the virtual machine.
**
** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_compile()
** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
**
** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of
** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is
** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This
** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute
** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of
** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table 
** method function.
*/
struct Vdbe {
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The whole database */
  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
  FILE *trace;        /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
  int nOp;            /* Number of instructions in the program */
  int nOpAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
  Op *aOp;            /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
  int nLabel;         /* Number of labels used */
  int nLabelAlloc;    /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
  int *aLabel;        /* Space to hold the labels */
  Mem *aStack;        /* The operand stack, except string values */
  Mem *pTos;          /* Top entry in the operand stack */
  Mem **apArg;        /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
  Mem *aColName;      /* Column names to return */
  int nCursor;        /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
  Cursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
  int nVar;           /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
  Mem *aVar;          /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
  char **azVar;       /* Name of variables */
  int okVar;          /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
  int magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
  int nCallback;          /* Number of callbacks invoked so far */
  int cacheCtr;           /* Cursor row cache generation counter */
  Fifo sFifo;             /* A list of ROWIDs */
  int contextStackTop;    /* Index of top element in the context stack */
  int contextStackDepth;  /* The size of the "context" stack */
  Context *contextStack;  /* Stack used by opcodes ContextPush & ContextPop*/
  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
  unsigned uniqueCnt;     /* Used by OP_MakeRecord when P2!=0 */
  int errorAction;        /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
  int inTempTrans;        /* True if temp database is transactioned */
  int returnStack[100];   /* Return address stack for OP_Gosub & OP_Return */
  int returnDepth;        /* Next unused element in returnStack[] */
  int nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
  char **azResColumn;     /* Values for one row of result */ 
  int popStack;           /* Pop the stack this much on entry to VdbeExec() */
  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
  u8 resOnStack;          /* True if there are result values on the stack */
  u8 explain;             /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
  u8 changeCntOn;         /* True to update the change-counter */
  u8 aborted;             /* True if ROLLBACK in another VM causes an abort */
  u8 expired;             /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
  u8 inVtabMethod;        /* See comments above */
  int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
  i64 startTime;          /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
  int nSql;             /* Number of bytes in zSql */
  char *zSql;           /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
  int fetchId;          /* Statement number used by sqlite3_fetch_statement */
  int lru;              /* Counter used for LRU cache replacement */
#endif
};

/*
** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
*/
#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT     0x519c2973    /* VDBE has completed execution */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0xb606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */

/*
** Function prototypes
*/
void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, Cursor*);
void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor*);
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
#endif
int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*, int);
int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);

int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(Cursor*, int , const unsigned char*, int*);
int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *, i64 *);
int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(void*,int,const void*,int, const void*);
int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(const u8*);
int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
int sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
#ifndef NDEBUG
void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeNoPush(u8);
#endif
int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
void sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(Fifo*);
int sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(Fifo*, i64);
int sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(Fifo*, i64*);
void sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(Fifo*);

#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */

/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in utf.c ************************/

/*
** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
*/
const int sqlite3one = 1;

/*
** This table maps from the first byte of a UTF-8 character to the number
** of trailing bytes expected. A value '4' indicates that the table key
** is not a legal first byte for a UTF-8 character.
*/
static const u8 xtra_utf8_bytes[256]  = {
/* 0xxxxxxx */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,

/* 10wwwwww */
4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,     4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,
4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,     4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,
4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,     4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,
4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,     4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,

/* 110yyyyy */
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,     1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,     1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,

/* 1110zzzz */
2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,     2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,

/* 11110yyy */
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,     4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,
};

/*
** This table maps from the number of trailing bytes in a UTF-8 character
** to an integer constant that is effectively calculated for each character
** read by a naive implementation of a UTF-8 character reader. The code
** in the READ_UTF8 macro explains things best.
*/
static const int xtra_utf8_bits[] =  {
  0,
  12416,          /* (0xC0 << 6) + (0x80) */
  925824,         /* (0xE0 << 12) + (0x80 << 6) + (0x80) */
  63447168        /* (0xF0 << 18) + (0x80 << 12) + (0x80 << 6) + 0x80 */
};

/*
** If a UTF-8 character contains N bytes extra bytes (N bytes follow
** the initial byte so that the total character length is N+1) then
** masking the character with utf8_mask[N] must produce a non-zero
** result.  Otherwise, we have an (illegal) overlong encoding.
*/
static const int utf_mask[] = {
  0x00000000,
  0xffffff80,
  0xfffff800,
  0xffff0000,
};

#define READ_UTF8(zIn, c) { \
  int xtra;                                            \
  c = *(zIn)++;                                        \
  xtra = xtra_utf8_bytes[c];                           \
  switch( xtra ){                                      \
    case 4: c = (int)0xFFFD; break;                    \
    case 3: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
    case 2: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
    case 1: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
    c -= xtra_utf8_bits[xtra];                         \
    if( (utf_mask[xtra]&c)==0                          \
        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                      \
        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }    \
  }                                                    \
}
int sqlite3ReadUtf8(const unsigned char *z){
  int c;
  READ_UTF8(z, c);
  return c;
}

#define SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                               \
  zIn += (xtra_utf8_bytes[*(u8 *)zIn] + 1);            \
}

#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
    *zOut++ = (c&0xFF);                                \
  }                                                    \
  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + ((c>>6)&0x1F);                    \
    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
  }                                                    \
  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + ((c>>12)&0x0F);                   \
    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
  }else{                                               \
    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + ((c>>18) & 0x07);                 \
    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>12) & 0x3F);                 \
    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
  }                                                    \
}

#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                \
  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
  }else{                                                        \
    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
  }                                                             \
}

#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                \
  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
  }else{                                                        \
    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
  }                                                             \
}

#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){                                         \
  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
  if( c>=0xD800 && c<=0xE000 ){                                       \
    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
    if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD;                             \
  }                                                                   \
}

#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){                                         \
  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
  if( c>=0xD800 && c<=0xE000 ){                                       \
    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
    if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD;                             \
  }                                                                   \
}

#define SKIP_UTF16BE(zIn){                                            \
  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn+1)==0x00)) ){  \
    zIn += 4;                                                         \
  }else{                                                              \
    zIn += 2;                                                         \
  }                                                                   \
}
#define SKIP_UTF16LE(zIn){                                            \
  zIn++;                                                              \
  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn-1)==0x00)) ){  \
    zIn += 3;                                                         \
  }else{                                                              \
    zIn += 1;                                                         \
  }                                                                   \
}

#define RSKIP_UTF16LE(zIn){                                            \
  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn-1)==0x00)) ){  \
    zIn -= 4;                                                         \
  }else{                                                              \
    zIn -= 2;                                                         \
  }                                                                   \
}
#define RSKIP_UTF16BE(zIn){                                            \
  zIn--;                                                              \
  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn+1)==0x00)) ){  \
    zIn -= 3;                                                         \
  }else{                                                              \
    zIn -= 1;                                                         \
  }                                                                   \
}

/*
** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
*/ 
/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
  unsigned char zShort[NBFS]; /* Temporary short output buffer */
  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
  unsigned int c;

  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
  assert( pMem->n>=0 );

#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
  {
    char zBuf[100];
    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
  }
#endif

  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
  ** differently from the others.
  */
  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    u8 temp;
    int rc;
    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
    while( zIn<zTerm ){
      temp = *zIn;
      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
      zIn++;
      *zIn++ = temp;
    }
    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
    goto translate_out;
  }

  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
  if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character.
    ** A single byte is required for the output string
    ** nul-terminator.
    */
    len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
  }else{
    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
    ** nul-terminator.
    */
    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
  }

  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
  ** byte past the end.
  **
  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer. This may be space
  ** obtained from malloc(), or Mem.zShort, if it large enough and not in
  ** use, or the zShort array on the stack (see above).
  */
  zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
  if( len>NBFS ){
    zOut = sqliteMallocRaw(len);
    if( !zOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    zOut = zShort;
  }
  z = zOut;

  if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
      while( zIn<zTerm ){
        READ_UTF8(zIn, c); 
        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
      }
    }else{
      assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
      while( zIn<zTerm ){
        READ_UTF8(zIn, c); 
        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
      }
    }
    pMem->n = z - zOut;
    *z++ = 0;
  }else{
    assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
    if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
      while( zIn<zTerm ){
        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c); 
        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
      }
    }else{
      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
      while( zIn<zTerm ){
        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c); 
        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
      }
    }
    pMem->n = z - zOut;
  }
  *z = 0;
  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );

  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short);
  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
  if( zOut==zShort ){
    memcpy(pMem->zShort, zOut, len);
    zOut = (u8*)pMem->zShort;
    pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Short);
  }else{
    pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn);
  }
  pMem->z = (char*)zOut;

translate_out:
#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
  {
    char zBuf[100];
    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
  }
#endif
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
**
** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
** changed by this function.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  u8 bom = 0;

  if( pMem->n<0 || pMem->n>1 ){
    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
    }
    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
    }
  }
  
  if( bom ){
    /* This function is called as soon as a string is stored in a Mem*,
    ** from within sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(). At that point it is not possible
    ** for the string to be stored in Mem.zShort, or for it to be stored
    ** in dynamic memory with no destructor.
    */
    assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Short) );
    assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) || pMem->xDel );
    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
      void (*xDel)(void*) = pMem->xDel;
      char *z = pMem->z;
      pMem->z = 0;
      pMem->xDel = 0;
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
      xDel(z);
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, 
          SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    }
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/*
** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
*/
int sqlite3utf8CharLen(const char *z, int nByte){
  int r = 0;
  const char *zTerm;
  if( nByte>=0 ){
    zTerm = &z[nByte];
  }else{
    zTerm = (const char *)(-1);
  }
  assert( z<=zTerm );
  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
    SKIP_UTF8(z);
    r++;
  }
  return r;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string.
** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from malloc and must be
** freed by the calling function.
**
** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error.
*/
char *sqlite3utf16to8(const void *z, int nByte){
  Mem m;
  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8);
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  return (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? m.z : sqliteStrDup(m.z);
}

/*
** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string. If nChar is less than zero,
** return the number of bytes up to (but not including), the first pair
** of consecutive 0x00 bytes in pZ. If nChar is not less than zero,
** then return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
** in pZ (or up until the first pair of 0x00 bytes, whichever comes first).
*/
int sqlite3utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
  unsigned int c = 1;
  char const *z = zIn;
  int n = 0;
  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
    /* Using an "if (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE)" construct here
    ** and in other parts of this file means that at one branch will
    ** not be covered by coverage testing on any single host. But coverage
    ** will be complete if the tests are run on both a little-endian and 
    ** big-endian host. Because both the UTF16NATIVE and SQLITE_UTF16BE
    ** macros are constant at compile time the compiler can determine
    ** which branch will be followed. It is therefore assumed that no runtime
    ** penalty is paid for this "if" statement.
    */
    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
      READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
      n++;
    }
  }else{
    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
      READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
      n++;
    }
  }
  return (z-(char const *)zIn)-((c==0)?2:0);
}

/*
** UTF-16 implementation of the substr()
*/
void sqlite3utf16Substr(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  int y, z;
  unsigned char const *zStr;
  unsigned char const *zStrEnd;
  unsigned char const *zStart;
  unsigned char const *zEnd;
  int i;

  zStr = (unsigned char const *)sqlite3_value_text16(argv[0]);
  zStrEnd = &zStr[sqlite3_value_bytes16(argv[0])];
  y = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
  z = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);

  if( y>0 ){
    y = y-1;
    zStart = zStr;
    if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
      for(i=0; i<y && zStart<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16BE(zStart);
    }else{
      for(i=0; i<y && zStart<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16LE(zStart);
    }
  }else{
    zStart = zStrEnd;
    if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
      for(i=y; i<0 && zStart>zStr; i++) RSKIP_UTF16BE(zStart);
    }else{
      for(i=y; i<0 && zStart>zStr; i++) RSKIP_UTF16LE(zStart);
    }
    for(; i<0; i++) z -= 1;
  }

  zEnd = zStart;
  if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
    for(i=0; i<z && zEnd<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16BE(zEnd);
  }else{
    for(i=0; i<z && zEnd<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16LE(zEnd);
  }

  sqlite3_result_text16(context, zStart, zEnd-zStart, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
*/
void sqlite3utfSelfTest(){
  unsigned int i, t;
  unsigned char zBuf[20];
  unsigned char *z;
  int n;
  unsigned int c;

  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
    z = zBuf;
    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
    n = z-zBuf;
    z = zBuf;
    READ_UTF8(z, c);
    t = i;
    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
    if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
    assert( c==t );
    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
  }
  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xE000 ) continue;
    z = zBuf;
    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
    n = z-zBuf;
    z = zBuf;
    READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
    assert( c==i );
    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
  }
  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xE000 ) continue;
    z = zBuf;
    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
    n = z-zBuf;
    z = zBuf;
    READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
    assert( c==i );
    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
  }
}
#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/************** End of utf.c *************************************************/
/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
**
** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
** strings, and stuff like that.
**
** $Id: sqlite3.c,v 1.4 2007/06/22 01:30:16 julien.pierre.bugs%sun.com Exp $
*/

/*
** MALLOC WRAPPER ARCHITECTURE
**
** The sqlite code accesses dynamic memory allocation/deallocation by invoking
** the following six APIs (which may be implemented as macros).
**
**     sqlite3Malloc()
**     sqlite3MallocRaw()
**     sqlite3Realloc()
**     sqlite3ReallocOrFree()
**     sqlite3Free()
**     sqlite3AllocSize()
**
** The function sqlite3FreeX performs the same task as sqlite3Free and is
** guaranteed to be a real function. The same holds for sqlite3MallocX
**
** The above APIs are implemented in terms of the functions provided in the
** operating-system interface. The OS interface is never accessed directly
** by code outside of this file.
**
**     sqlite3OsMalloc()
**     sqlite3OsRealloc()
**     sqlite3OsFree()
**     sqlite3OsAllocationSize()
**
** Functions sqlite3MallocRaw() and sqlite3Realloc() may invoke 
** sqlite3_release_memory() if a call to sqlite3OsMalloc() or
** sqlite3OsRealloc() fails (or if the soft-heap-limit for the thread is
** exceeded). Function sqlite3Malloc() usually invokes
** sqlite3MallocRaw().
**
** MALLOC TEST WRAPPER ARCHITECTURE
**
** The test wrapper provides extra test facilities to ensure the library 
** does not leak memory and handles the failure of the underlying OS level
** allocation system correctly. It is only present if the library is 
** compiled with the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro set.
**
**     * Guardposts to detect overwrites.
**     * Ability to cause a specific Malloc() or Realloc() to fail.
**     * Audit outstanding memory allocations (i.e check for leaks).
*/

#define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y))

#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
/*
** Set the soft heap-size limit for the current thread. Passing a negative
** value indicates no limit.
*/
void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
  ThreadData *pTd = sqlite3ThreadData();
  if( pTd ){
    pTd->nSoftHeapLimit = n;
  }
  sqlite3ReleaseThreadData();
}

/*
** Release memory held by SQLite instances created by the current thread.
*/
int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
  return sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(n);
}
#else
/* If SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is not defined, then define a version
** of sqlite3_release_memory() to be used by other code in this file.
** This is done for no better reason than to reduce the number of 
** pre-processor #ifndef statements.
*/
#define sqlite3_release_memory(x) 0    /* 0 == no memory freed */
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
** Begin code for memory allocation system test layer.
**
** Memory debugging is turned on by defining the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro.
**
** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG==1    -> Fence-posting only (thread safe) 
** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG==2    -> Fence-posting + linked list of allocations (not ts)
** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG==3    -> Above + backtraces (not thread safe, req. glibc)
*/

/* Figure out whether or not to store backtrace() information for each malloc.
** The backtrace() function is only used if SQLITE_MEMDEBUG is set to 2 or 
** greater and glibc is in use. If we don't want to use backtrace(), then just
** define it as an empty macro and set the amount of space reserved to 0.
*/
#if defined(__GLIBC__) && SQLITE_MEMDEBUG>2
  extern int backtrace(void **, int);
  #define TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE 128
  #define TESTALLOC_STACKFRAMES ((TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE-8)/sizeof(void*))
#else
  #define backtrace(x, y)
  #define TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE 0
  #define TESTALLOC_STACKFRAMES 0
#endif

/*
** Number of 32-bit guard words.  This should probably be a multiple of
** 2 since on 64-bit machines we want the value returned by sqliteMalloc()
** to be 8-byte aligned.
*/
#ifndef TESTALLOC_NGUARD
# define TESTALLOC_NGUARD 2
#endif

/*
** Size reserved for storing file-name along with each malloc()ed blob.
*/
#define TESTALLOC_FILESIZE 64

/*
** Size reserved for storing the user string. Each time a Malloc() or Realloc()
** call succeeds, up to TESTALLOC_USERSIZE bytes of the string pointed to by
** sqlite3_malloc_id are stored along with the other test system metadata.
*/
#define TESTALLOC_USERSIZE 64
const char *sqlite3_malloc_id = 0;

/*
** Blocks used by the test layer have the following format:
**
**        <sizeof(void *) pNext pointer>
**        <sizeof(void *) pPrev pointer>
**        <TESTALLOC_NGUARD 32-bit guard words>
**            <The application level allocation>
**        <TESTALLOC_NGUARD 32-bit guard words>
**        <32-bit line number>
**        <TESTALLOC_FILESIZE bytes containing null-terminated file name>
**        <TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE bytes of backtrace() output>
*/ 

#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD1(p)    (sizeof(void *) * 2)
#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_DATA(p) ( \
  TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD1(p) + sizeof(u32) * TESTALLOC_NGUARD \
)
#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD2(p) ( \
  TESTALLOC_OFFSET_DATA(p) + sqlite3OsAllocationSize(p) - TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD \
)
#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_LINENUMBER(p) ( \
  TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD2(p) + sizeof(u32) * TESTALLOC_NGUARD \
)
#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_FILENAME(p) ( \
  TESTALLOC_OFFSET_LINENUMBER(p) + sizeof(u32) \
)
#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p) ( \
  TESTALLOC_OFFSET_FILENAME(p) + TESTALLOC_FILESIZE \
)
#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_STACK(p) ( \
  TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p) + TESTALLOC_USERSIZE + 8 - \
  (TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p) % 8) \
)

#define TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD ( \
  sizeof(void *)*2 +                   /* pPrev and pNext pointers */   \
  TESTALLOC_NGUARD*sizeof(u32)*2 +              /* Guard words */       \
  sizeof(u32) + TESTALLOC_FILESIZE +   /* File and line number */       \
  TESTALLOC_USERSIZE +                 /* User string */                \
  TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE                  /* backtrace() stack */          \
)


/*
** For keeping track of the number of mallocs and frees.   This
** is used to check for memory leaks.  The iMallocFail and iMallocReset
** values are used to simulate malloc() failures during testing in 
** order to verify that the library correctly handles an out-of-memory
** condition.
*/
int sqlite3_nMalloc;         /* Number of sqliteMalloc() calls */
int sqlite3_nFree;           /* Number of sqliteFree() calls */
int sqlite3_memUsed;         /* TODO Total memory obtained from malloc */
int sqlite3_memMax;          /* TODO Mem usage high-water mark */
int sqlite3_iMallocFail;     /* Fail sqliteMalloc() after this many calls */
int sqlite3_iMallocReset = -1; /* When iMallocFail reaches 0, set to this */

void *sqlite3_pFirst = 0;         /* Pointer to linked list of allocations */
int sqlite3_nMaxAlloc = 0;        /* High water mark of ThreadData.nAlloc */
int sqlite3_mallocDisallowed = 0; /* assert() in sqlite3Malloc() if set */
int sqlite3_isFail = 0;           /* True if all malloc calls should fail */
const char *sqlite3_zFile = 0;    /* Filename to associate debug info with */
int sqlite3_iLine = 0;            /* Line number for debug info */

/*
** Check for a simulated memory allocation failure.  Return true if
** the failure should be simulated.  Return false to proceed as normal.
*/
int sqlite3TestMallocFail(){
  if( sqlite3_isFail ){
    return 1;
  }
  if( sqlite3_iMallocFail>=0 ){
    sqlite3_iMallocFail--;
    if( sqlite3_iMallocFail==0 ){
      sqlite3_iMallocFail = sqlite3_iMallocReset;
      sqlite3_isFail = 1;
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** The argument is a pointer returned by sqlite3OsMalloc() or xRealloc().
** assert() that the first and last (TESTALLOC_NGUARD*4) bytes are set to the
** values set by the applyGuards() function.
*/
static void checkGuards(u32 *p)
{
  int i;
  char *zAlloc = (char *)p;
  char *z;

  /* First set of guard words */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD1(p)];
  for(i=0; i<TESTALLOC_NGUARD; i++){
    assert(((u32 *)z)[i]==0xdead1122);
  }

  /* Second set of guard words */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD2(p)];
  for(i=0; i<TESTALLOC_NGUARD; i++){
    u32 guard = 0;
    memcpy(&guard, &z[i*sizeof(u32)], sizeof(u32));
    assert(guard==0xdead3344);
  }
}

/*
** The argument is a pointer returned by sqlite3OsMalloc() or Realloc(). The
** first and last (TESTALLOC_NGUARD*4) bytes are set to known values for use as 
** guard-posts.
*/
static void applyGuards(u32 *p)
{
  int i;
  char *z;
  char *zAlloc = (char *)p;

  /* First set of guard words */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD1(p)];
  for(i=0; i<TESTALLOC_NGUARD; i++){
    ((u32 *)z)[i] = 0xdead1122;
  }

  /* Second set of guard words */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD2(p)];
  for(i=0; i<TESTALLOC_NGUARD; i++){
    static const int guard = 0xdead3344;
    memcpy(&z[i*sizeof(u32)], &guard, sizeof(u32));
  }

  /* Line number */
  z = &((char *)z)[TESTALLOC_NGUARD*sizeof(u32)];             /* Guard words */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_LINENUMBER(p)];
  memcpy(z, &sqlite3_iLine, sizeof(u32));

  /* File name */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_FILENAME(p)];
  strncpy(z, sqlite3_zFile, TESTALLOC_FILESIZE);
  z[TESTALLOC_FILESIZE - 1] = '\0';

  /* User string */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p)];
  z[0] = 0;
  if( sqlite3_malloc_id ){
    strncpy(z, sqlite3_malloc_id, TESTALLOC_USERSIZE);
    z[TESTALLOC_USERSIZE-1] = 0;
  }

  /* backtrace() stack */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_STACK(p)];
  backtrace((void **)z, TESTALLOC_STACKFRAMES);

  /* Sanity check to make sure checkGuards() is working */
  checkGuards(p);
}

/*
** The argument is a malloc()ed pointer as returned by the test-wrapper.
** Return a pointer to the Os level allocation.
*/
static void *getOsPointer(void *p)
{
  char *z = (char *)p;
  return (void *)(&z[-1 * TESTALLOC_OFFSET_DATA(p)]);
}


#if SQLITE_MEMDEBUG>1
/*
** The argument points to an Os level allocation. Link it into the threads list
** of allocations.
*/
static void linkAlloc(void *p){
  void **pp = (void **)p;
  pp[0] = 0;
  pp[1] = sqlite3_pFirst;
  if( sqlite3_pFirst ){
    ((void **)sqlite3_pFirst)[0] = p;
  }
  sqlite3_pFirst = p;
}

/*
** The argument points to an Os level allocation. Unlinke it from the threads
** list of allocations.
*/
static void unlinkAlloc(void *p)
{
  void **pp = (void **)p;
  if( p==sqlite3_pFirst ){
    assert(!pp[0]);
    assert(!pp[1] || ((void **)(pp[1]))[0]==p);
    sqlite3_pFirst = pp[1];
    if( sqlite3_pFirst ){
      ((void **)sqlite3_pFirst)[0] = 0;
    }
  }else{
    void **pprev = pp[0];
    void **pnext = pp[1];
    assert(pprev);
    assert(pprev[1]==p);
    pprev[1] = (void *)pnext;
    if( pnext ){
      assert(pnext[0]==p);
      pnext[0] = (void *)pprev;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Pointer p is a pointer to an OS level allocation that has just been
** realloc()ed. Set the list pointers that point to this entry to it's new
** location.
*/
static void relinkAlloc(void *p)
{
  void **pp = (void **)p;
  if( pp[0] ){
    ((void **)(pp[0]))[1] = p;
  }else{
    sqlite3_pFirst = p;
  }
  if( pp[1] ){
    ((void **)(pp[1]))[0] = p;
  }
}
#else
#define linkAlloc(x)
#define relinkAlloc(x)
#define unlinkAlloc(x)
#endif

/*
** This function sets the result of the Tcl interpreter passed as an argument
** to a list containing an entry for each currently outstanding call made to 
** sqliteMalloc and friends by the current thread. Each list entry is itself a
** list, consisting of the following (in order):
**
**     * The number of bytes allocated
**     * The __FILE__ macro at the time of the sqliteMalloc() call.
**     * The __LINE__ macro ...
**     * The value of the sqlite3_malloc_id variable ...
**     * The output of backtrace() (if available) ...
**
** Todo: We could have a version of this function that outputs to stdout, 
** to debug memory leaks when Tcl is not available.
*/
#if defined(TCLSH) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_MEMDEBUG>1
int sqlite3OutstandingMallocs(Tcl_Interp *interp){
  void *p;
  Tcl_Obj *pRes = Tcl_NewObj();
  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRes);


  for(p=sqlite3_pFirst; p; p=((void **)p)[1]){
    Tcl_Obj *pEntry = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *pStack = Tcl_NewObj();
    char *z;
    u32 iLine;
    int nBytes = sqlite3OsAllocationSize(p) - TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD;
    char *zAlloc = (char *)p;
    int i;

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, Tcl_NewIntObj(nBytes));

    z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_FILENAME(p)];
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, Tcl_NewStringObj(z, -1));

    z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_LINENUMBER(p)];
    memcpy(&iLine, z, sizeof(u32));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, Tcl_NewIntObj(iLine));

    z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p)];
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, Tcl_NewStringObj(z, -1));

    z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_STACK(p)];
    for(i=0; i<TESTALLOC_STACKFRAMES; i++){
      char zHex[128];
      sprintf(zHex, "%p", ((void **)z)[i]);
      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pStack, Tcl_NewStringObj(zHex, -1));
    }

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, pStack);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRes, pEntry);
  }

  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRes);
  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRes);
  return TCL_OK;
}
#endif

/*
** This is the test layer's wrapper around sqlite3OsMalloc().
*/
static void * OSMALLOC(int n){
  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  sqlite3_nMaxAlloc = 
      MAX(sqlite3_nMaxAlloc, sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->nAlloc);
#endif
  assert( !sqlite3_mallocDisallowed );
  if( !sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){
    u32 *p;
    p = (u32 *)sqlite3OsMalloc(n + TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD);
    assert(p);
    sqlite3_nMalloc++;
    applyGuards(p);
    linkAlloc(p);
    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    return (void *)(&p[TESTALLOC_NGUARD + 2*sizeof(void *)/sizeof(u32)]);
  }
  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  return 0;
}

static int OSSIZEOF(void *p){
  if( p ){
    u32 *pOs = (u32 *)getOsPointer(p);
    return sqlite3OsAllocationSize(pOs) - TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** This is the test layer's wrapper around sqlite3OsFree(). The argument is a
** pointer to the space allocated for the application to use.
*/
static void OSFREE(void *pFree){
  u32 *p;         /* Pointer to the OS-layer allocation */
  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  p = (u32 *)getOsPointer(pFree);
  checkGuards(p);
  unlinkAlloc(p);
  memset(pFree, 0x55, OSSIZEOF(pFree));
  sqlite3OsFree(p);
  sqlite3_nFree++;
  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
}

/*
** This is the test layer's wrapper around sqlite3OsRealloc().
*/
static void * OSREALLOC(void *pRealloc, int n){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  sqlite3_nMaxAlloc = 
      MAX(sqlite3_nMaxAlloc, sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->nAlloc);
#endif
  assert( !sqlite3_mallocDisallowed );
  if( !sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){
    u32 *p = (u32 *)getOsPointer(pRealloc);
    checkGuards(p);
    p = sqlite3OsRealloc(p, n + TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD);
    applyGuards(p);
    relinkAlloc(p);
    return (void *)(&p[TESTALLOC_NGUARD + 2*sizeof(void *)/sizeof(u32)]);
  }
  return 0;
}

static void OSMALLOC_FAILED(){
  sqlite3_isFail = 0;
}

#else
/* Define macros to call the sqlite3OsXXX interface directly if 
** the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is not defined.
*/
#define OSMALLOC(x)        sqlite3OsMalloc(x)
#define OSREALLOC(x,y)     sqlite3OsRealloc(x,y)
#define OSFREE(x)          sqlite3OsFree(x)
#define OSSIZEOF(x)        sqlite3OsAllocationSize(x)
#define OSMALLOC_FAILED()

#endif  /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */
/*
** End code for memory allocation system test layer.
**--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/*
** This routine is called when we are about to allocate n additional bytes
** of memory.  If the new allocation will put is over the soft allocation
** limit, then invoke sqlite3_release_memory() to try to release some
** memory before continuing with the allocation.
**
** This routine also makes sure that the thread-specific-data (TSD) has
** be allocated.  If it has not and can not be allocated, then return
** false.  The updateMemoryUsedCount() routine below will deallocate
** the TSD if it ought to be.
**
** If SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is not defined, this routine is
** a no-op
*/ 
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
static int enforceSoftLimit(int n){
  ThreadData *pTsd = sqlite3ThreadData();
  if( pTsd==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  assert( pTsd->nAlloc>=0 );
  if( n>0 && pTsd->nSoftHeapLimit>0 ){
    while( pTsd->nAlloc+n>pTsd->nSoftHeapLimit && sqlite3_release_memory(n) ){}
  }
  return 1;
}
#else
# define enforceSoftLimit(X)  1
#endif

/*
** Update the count of total outstanding memory that is held in
** thread-specific-data (TSD).  If after this update the TSD is
** no longer being used, then deallocate it.
**
** If SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is not defined, this routine is
** a no-op
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
static void updateMemoryUsedCount(int n){
  ThreadData *pTsd = sqlite3ThreadData();
  if( pTsd ){
    pTsd->nAlloc += n;
    assert( pTsd->nAlloc>=0 );
    if( pTsd->nAlloc==0 && pTsd->nSoftHeapLimit==0 ){
      sqlite3ReleaseThreadData();
    }
  }
}
#else
#define updateMemoryUsedCount(x)  /* no-op */
#endif

/*
** Allocate and return N bytes of uninitialised memory by calling
** sqlite3OsMalloc(). If the Malloc() call fails, attempt to free memory 
** by calling sqlite3_release_memory().
*/
void *sqlite3MallocRaw(int n, int doMemManage){
  void *p = 0;
  if( n>0 && !sqlite3MallocFailed() && (!doMemManage || enforceSoftLimit(n)) ){
    while( (p = OSMALLOC(n))==0 && sqlite3_release_memory(n) ){}
    if( !p ){
      sqlite3FailedMalloc();
      OSMALLOC_FAILED();
    }else if( doMemManage ){
      updateMemoryUsedCount(OSSIZEOF(p));
    }
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Resize the allocation at p to n bytes by calling sqlite3OsRealloc(). The
** pointer to the new allocation is returned.  If the Realloc() call fails,
** attempt to free memory by calling sqlite3_release_memory().
*/
void *sqlite3Realloc(void *p, int n){
  if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    return 0;
  }

  if( !p ){
    return sqlite3Malloc(n, 1);
  }else{
    void *np = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
    int origSize = OSSIZEOF(p);
#endif
    if( enforceSoftLimit(n - origSize) ){
      while( (np = OSREALLOC(p, n))==0 && sqlite3_release_memory(n) ){}
      if( !np ){
        sqlite3FailedMalloc();
        OSMALLOC_FAILED();
      }else{
        updateMemoryUsedCount(OSSIZEOF(np) - origSize);
      }
    }
    return np;
  }
}

/*
** Free the memory pointed to by p. p must be either a NULL pointer or a 
** value returned by a previous call to sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3Realloc().
*/
void sqlite3FreeX(void *p){
  if( p ){
    updateMemoryUsedCount(0 - OSSIZEOF(p));
    OSFREE(p);
  }
}

/*
** A version of sqliteMalloc() that is always a function, not a macro.
** Currently, this is used only to alloc to allocate the parser engine.
*/
void *sqlite3MallocX(int n){
  return sqliteMalloc(n);
}

/*
** sqlite3Malloc
** sqlite3ReallocOrFree
**
** These two are implemented as wrappers around sqlite3MallocRaw(), 
** sqlite3Realloc() and sqlite3Free().
*/ 
void *sqlite3Malloc(int n, int doMemManage){
  void *p = sqlite3MallocRaw(n, doMemManage);
  if( p ){
    memset(p, 0, n);
  }
  return p;
}
void *sqlite3ReallocOrFree(void *p, int n){
  void *pNew;
  pNew = sqlite3Realloc(p, n);
  if( !pNew ){
    sqlite3FreeX(p);
  }
  return pNew;
}

/*
** sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc() and sqlite3ThreadSafeFree() are used in those
** rare scenarios where sqlite may allocate memory in one thread and free
** it in another. They are exactly the same as sqlite3Malloc() and 
** sqlite3Free() except that:
**
**   * The allocated memory is not included in any calculations with 
**     respect to the soft-heap-limit, and
**
**   * sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc() must be matched with ThreadSafeFree(),
**     not sqlite3Free(). Calling sqlite3Free() on memory obtained from
**     ThreadSafeMalloc() will cause an error somewhere down the line.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
void *sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(int n){
  (void)ENTER_MALLOC;
  return sqlite3Malloc(n, 0);
}
void sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(void *p){
  (void)ENTER_MALLOC;
  if( p ){
    OSFREE(p);
  }
}
#endif


/*
** Return the number of bytes allocated at location p. p must be either 
** a NULL pointer (in which case 0 is returned) or a pointer returned by 
** sqlite3Malloc(), sqlite3Realloc() or sqlite3ReallocOrFree().
**
** The number of bytes allocated does not include any overhead inserted by 
** any malloc() wrapper functions that may be called. So the value returned
** is the number of bytes that were available to SQLite using pointer p, 
** regardless of how much memory was actually allocated.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
int sqlite3AllocSize(void *p){
  return OSSIZEOF(p);
}
#endif

/*
** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These 
** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This
** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are 
** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
** ThreadData structure.
*/
char *sqlite3StrDup(const char *z){
  char *zNew;
  if( z==0 ) return 0;
  zNew = sqlite3MallocRaw(strlen(z)+1, 1);
  if( zNew ) strcpy(zNew, z);
  return zNew;
}
char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char *z, int n){
  char *zNew;
  if( z==0 ) return 0;
  zNew = sqlite3MallocRaw(n+1, 1);
  if( zNew ){
    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
    zNew[n] = 0;
  }
  return zNew;
}

/*
** Create a string from the 2nd and subsequent arguments (up to the
** first NULL argument), store the string in memory obtained from
** sqliteMalloc() and make the pointer indicated by the 1st argument
** point to that string.  The 1st argument must either be NULL or 
** point to memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().
*/
void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, ...){
  va_list ap;
  int nByte;
  const char *z;
  char *zResult;

  assert( pz!=0 );
  nByte = 1;
  va_start(ap, pz);
  while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){
    nByte += strlen(z);
  }
  va_end(ap);
  sqliteFree(*pz);
  *pz = zResult = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
  if( zResult==0 ){
    return;
  }
  *zResult = 0;
  va_start(ap, pz);
  while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){
    strcpy(zResult, z);
    zResult += strlen(zResult);
  }
  va_end(ap);
}

/*
** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
**
** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
** format characters are allowed:
**
**      %s      Insert a string
**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
**      %d      Insert an integer
**      %T      Insert a token
**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
**
** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
** encoded in UTF-8.
**
** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
** to NULL.
*/
void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
  if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew())!=0) ){
    db->errCode = err_code;
    if( zFormat ){
      char *z;
      va_list ap;
      va_start(ap, zFormat);
      z = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
      va_end(ap);
      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3FreeX);
    }else{
      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
** The following formatting characters are allowed:
**
**      %s      Insert a string
**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
**      %d      Insert an integer
**      %T      Insert a token
**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
**
** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
*/
void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  pParse->nErr++;
  sqliteFree(pParse->zErrMsg);
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
}

/*
** Clear the error message in pParse, if any
*/
void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse *pParse){
  sqliteFree(pParse->zErrMsg);
  pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
  pParse->nErr = 0;
}

/*
** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
** is a no-op.
**
** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
** "a-b-c".
*/
void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
  int quote;
  int i, j;
  if( z==0 ) return;
  quote = z[0];
  switch( quote ){
    case '\'':  break;
    case '"':   break;
    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
    default:    return;
  }
  for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
    if( z[i]==quote ){
      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
        z[j++] = quote;
        i++;
      }else{
        z[j++] = 0;
        break;
      }
    }else{
      z[j++] = z[i];
    }
  }
}

/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
** lower-case character. 
*/
const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
    252,253,254,255
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
     96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
    112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
    239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
#endif
};
#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower

/*
** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
*/
int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
  register unsigned char *a, *b;
  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
  while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
  return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
}
int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
  register unsigned char *a, *b;
  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
}

/*
** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string.  Return FALSE if the
** string contains any character which is not part of a number. If
** the string is numeric and contains the '.' character, set *realnum
** to TRUE (otherwise FALSE).
**
** An empty string is considered non-numeric.
*/
int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){
  int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
  if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr;
  if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
    return 0;
  }
  z += incr;
  if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
  if( *z=='.' ){
    z += incr;
    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
  }
  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
    z += incr;
    if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr;
    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
  }
  return *z==0;
}

/*
** The string z[] is an ascii representation of a real number.
** Convert this string to a double.
**
** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number.  If it
** is not, the result is undefined.
**
** This routine is used instead of the library atof() function because
** the library atof() might want to use "," as the decimal point instead
** of "." depending on how locale is set.  But that would cause problems
** for SQL.  So this routine always uses "." regardless of locale.
*/
int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  int sign = 1;
  const char *zBegin = z;
  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE v1 = 0.0;
  while( isspace(*z) ) z++;
  if( *z=='-' ){
    sign = -1;
    z++;
  }else if( *z=='+' ){
    z++;
  }
  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
    v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
    z++;
  }
  if( *z=='.' ){
    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE divisor = 1.0;
    z++;
    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
      v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
      divisor *= 10.0;
      z++;
    }
    v1 /= divisor;
  }
  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
    int esign = 1;
    int eval = 0;
    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
    z++;
    if( *z=='-' ){
      esign = -1;
      z++;
    }else if( *z=='+' ){
      z++;
    }
    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
      eval = eval*10 + *z - '0';
      z++;
    }
    while( eval>=64 ){ scale *= 1.0e+64; eval -= 64; }
    while( eval>=16 ){ scale *= 1.0e+16; eval -= 16; }
    while( eval>=4 ){ scale *= 1.0e+4; eval -= 4; }
    while( eval>=1 ){ scale *= 1.0e+1; eval -= 1; }
    if( esign<0 ){
      v1 /= scale;
    }else{
      v1 *= scale;
    }
  }
  *pResult = sign<0 ? -v1 : v1;
  return z - zBegin;
#else
  return sqlite3atoi64(z, pResult);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
}

/*
** Return TRUE if zNum is a 64-bit signed integer and write
** the value of the integer into *pNum.  If zNum is not an integer
** or is an integer that is too large to be expressed with 64 bits,
** then return false.  If n>0 and the integer is string is not
** exactly n bytes long, return false.
**
** When this routine was originally written it dealt with only
** 32-bit numbers.  At that time, it was much faster than the
** atoi() library routine in RedHat 7.2.
*/
int sqlite3atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){
  i64 v = 0;
  int neg;
  int i, c;
  while( isspace(*zNum) ) zNum++;
  if( *zNum=='-' ){
    neg = 1;
    zNum++;
  }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
    neg = 0;
    zNum++;
  }else{
    neg = 0;
  }
  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){
    v = v*10 + c - '0';
  }
  *pNum = neg ? -v : v;
  return c==0 && i>0 && 
      (i<19 || (i==19 && memcmp(zNum,"9223372036854775807",19)<=0));
}

/*
** The string zNum represents an integer.  There might be some other
** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
** 32-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
**
** This routine returns FALSE for the string -2147483648 even that
** that number will in fact fit in a 32-bit integer.  But positive
** 2147483648 will not fit in 32 bits.  So it seems safer to return
** false.
*/
static int sqlite3FitsIn32Bits(const char *zNum){
  int i, c;
  if( *zNum=='-' || *zNum=='+' ) zNum++;
  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
  return i<10 || (i==10 && memcmp(zNum,"2147483647",10)<=0);
}

/*
** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
*/
int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
  if( sqlite3FitsIn32Bits(zNum) ){
    *pValue = atoi(zNum);
    return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** The string zNum represents an integer.  There might be some other
** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
** 64-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
**
** This routine returns FALSE for the string -9223372036854775808 even that
** that number will, in theory fit in a 64-bit integer.  Positive
** 9223373036854775808 will not fit in 64 bits.  So it seems safer to return
** false.
*/
int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *zNum){
  int i, c;
  if( *zNum=='-' || *zNum=='+' ) zNum++;
  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
  return i<19 || (i==19 && memcmp(zNum,"9223372036854775807",19)<=0);
}


/*
** Change the sqlite.magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN to SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY.
** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
** when this routine is called.
**
** This routine is called when entering an SQLite API.  The SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
** value indicates that the database connection passed into the API is
** open and is not being used by another thread.  By changing the value
** to SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY we indicate that the connection is in use.
** sqlite3SafetyOff() below will change the value back to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
** when the API exits. 
**
** This routine is a attempt to detect if two threads use the
** same sqlite* pointer at the same time.  There is a race 
** condition so it is possible that the error is not detected.
** But usually the problem will be seen.  The result will be an
** error which can be used to debug the application that is
** using SQLite incorrectly.
**
** Ticket #202:  If db->magic is not a valid open value, take care not
** to modify the db structure at all.  It could be that db is a stale
** pointer.  In other words, it could be that there has been a prior
** call to sqlite3_close(db) and db has been deallocated.  And we do
** not want to write into deallocated memory.
*/
int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3 *db){
  if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
    return 0;
  }else if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
    db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
  }
  return 1;
}

/*
** Change the magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN.
** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY
** when this routine is called.
*/
int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3 *db){
  if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
    return 0;
  }else {
    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
    db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
    return 1;
  }
}

/*
** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer.  This test is not
** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
** NULL or which have been previously closed.  If this routine returns
** TRUE it means that the db pointer is invalid and should not be
** dereferenced for any reason.  The calling function should invoke
** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
*/
int sqlite3SafetyCheck(sqlite3 *db){
  int magic;
  if( db==0 ) return 1;
  magic = db->magic;
  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED &&
         magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
         magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 1;
  return 0;
}

/*
** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
**
** KEY:
**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
**
**  7 bits - A
** 14 bits - BA
** 21 bits - BBA
** 28 bits - BBBA
** 35 bits - BBBBA
** 42 bits - BBBBBA
** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
*/

/*
** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
** of bytes written is returned.
**
** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
** 8 bits and is the last byte.
*/
int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
  int i, j, n;
  u8 buf[10];
  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
    p[8] = v;
    v >>= 8;
    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
      p[i] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
      v >>= 7;
    }
    return 9;
  }    
  n = 0;
  do{
    buf[n++] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
    v >>= 7;
  }while( v!=0 );
  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
  assert( n<=9 );
  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
    p[i] = buf[j];
  }
  return n;
}

/*
** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
*/
int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
  u32 x;
  u64 x64;
  int n;
  unsigned char c;
  if( ((c = p[0]) & 0x80)==0 ){
    *v = c;
    return 1;
  }
  x = c & 0x7f;
  if( ((c = p[1]) & 0x80)==0 ){
    *v = (x<<7) | c;
    return 2;
  }
  x = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
  if( ((c = p[2]) & 0x80)==0 ){
    *v = (x<<7) | c;
    return 3;
  }
  x = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
  if( ((c = p[3]) & 0x80)==0 ){
    *v = (x<<7) | c;
    return 4;
  }
  x64 = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
  n = 4;
  do{
    c = p[n++];
    if( n==9 ){
      x64 = (x64<<8) | c;
      break;
    }
    x64 = (x64<<7) | (c&0x7f);
  }while( (c & 0x80)!=0 );
  *v = x64;
  return n;
}

/*
** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
*/
int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
  u32 x;
  int n;
  unsigned char c;
  if( ((signed char*)p)[0]>=0 ){
    *v = p[0];
    return 1;
  }
  x = p[0] & 0x7f;
  if( ((signed char*)p)[1]>=0 ){
    *v = (x<<7) | p[1];
    return 2;
  }
  x = (x<<7) | (p[1] & 0x7f);
  n = 2;
  do{
    x = (x<<7) | ((c = p[n++])&0x7f);
  }while( (c & 0x80)!=0 && n<9 );
  *v = x;
  return n;
}

/*
** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
** 64-bit integer.
*/
int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
  int i = 0;
  do{
    i++;
    v >>= 7;
  }while( v!=0 && i<9 );
  return i;
}

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) \
    || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
*/
static int hexToInt(int h){
  if( h>='0' && h<='9' ){
    return h - '0';
  }else if( h>='a' && h<='f' ){
    return h - 'a' + 10;
  }else{
    assert( h>='A' && h<='F' );
    return h - 'A' + 10;
  }
}
#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || SQLITE_TEST */

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
/*
** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
** value.  Return a pointer to its binary value.  Space to hold the
** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
** the calling routine.
*/
void *sqlite3HexToBlob(const char *z){
  char *zBlob;
  int i;
  int n = strlen(z);
  if( n%2 ) return 0;

  zBlob = (char *)sqliteMalloc(n/2);
  if( zBlob ){
    for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
      zBlob[i/2] = (hexToInt(z[i])<<4) | hexToInt(z[i+1]);
    }
  }
  return zBlob;
}
#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** Convert text generated by the "%p" conversion format back into
** a pointer.
*/
void *sqlite3TextToPtr(const char *z){
  void *p;
  u64 v;
  u32 v2;
  if( z[0]=='0' && z[1]=='x' ){
    z += 2;
  }
  v = 0;
  while( *z ){
    v = (v<<4) + hexToInt(*z);
    z++;
  }
  if( sizeof(p)==sizeof(v) ){
    memcpy(&p, &v, sizeof(p));
  }else{
    assert( sizeof(p)==sizeof(v2) );
    v2 = (u32)v;
    memcpy(&p, &v2, sizeof(p));
  }
  return p;
}
#endif

/*
** Return a pointer to the ThreadData associated with the calling thread.
*/
ThreadData *sqlite3ThreadData(){
  ThreadData *p = (ThreadData*)sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(1);
  if( !p ){
    sqlite3FailedMalloc();
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the ThreadData associated with the calling thread.
** If no ThreadData has been allocated to this thread yet, return a pointer
** to a substitute ThreadData structure that is all zeros. 
*/
const ThreadData *sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly(){
  static const ThreadData zeroData = {0};  /* Initializer to silence warnings
                                           ** from broken compilers */
  const ThreadData *pTd = sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(0);
  return pTd ? pTd : &zeroData;
}

/*
** Check to see if the ThreadData for this thread is all zero.  If it
** is, then deallocate it. 
*/
void sqlite3ReleaseThreadData(){
  sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(-1);
}

/*
** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3Malloc or
** sqlite3Realloc.
**
** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occured since the previous
** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. 
**
** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occured,
** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode())
** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
static int mallocHasFailed = 0;
int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
  if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    mallocHasFailed = 0;
    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff);
}

/* 
** Return true is a malloc has failed in this thread since the last call
** to sqlite3ApiExit(), or false otherwise.
*/
int sqlite3MallocFailed(){
  return (mallocHasFailed && sqlite3OsInMutex(1));
}

/* 
** Set the "malloc has failed" condition to true for this thread.
*/
void sqlite3FailedMalloc(){
  if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    assert( mallocHasFailed==0 );
    mallocHasFailed = 1;
  }
}

#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
/*
** This function sets a flag in the thread-specific-data structure that will
** cause an assert to fail if sqliteMalloc() or sqliteRealloc() is called.
*/
void sqlite3MallocDisallow(){
  assert( sqlite3_mallocDisallowed>=0 );
  sqlite3_mallocDisallowed++;
}

/*
** This function clears the flag set in the thread-specific-data structure set
** by sqlite3MallocDisallow().
*/
void sqlite3MallocAllow(){
  assert( sqlite3_mallocDisallowed>0 );
  sqlite3_mallocDisallowed--;
}
#endif

/************** End of util.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
** used in SQLite.
**
** $Id: sqlite3.c,v 1.4 2007/06/22 01:30:16 julien.pierre.bugs%sun.com Exp $
*/

/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
** fields of the Hash structure.
**
** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
** keyClass is one of the constants SQLITE_HASH_INT, SQLITE_HASH_POINTER,
** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or SQLITE_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.  CopyKey only makes
** sense for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored
** for other key classes.
*/
void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
  assert( pNew!=0 );
  assert( keyClass>=SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
#if 0
  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0;
#endif
  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
  pNew->first = 0;
  pNew->count = 0;
  pNew->htsize = 0;
  pNew->ht = 0;
  pNew->xMalloc = sqlite3MallocX;
  pNew->xFree = sqlite3FreeX;
}

/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
** to the empty state.
*/
void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  elem = pH->first;
  pH->first = 0;
  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = 0;
  pH->htsize = 0;
  while( elem ){
    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
      pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
    }
    pH->xFree(elem);
    elem = next_elem;
  }
  pH->count = 0;
}

#if 0 /* NOT USED */
/*
** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_INT
*/
static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
  return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8);
}
static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
  return n2 - n1;
}
#endif

#if 0 /* NOT USED */
/*
** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_POINTER
*/
static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
  uptr x = Addr(pKey);
  return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8);
}
static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
  if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0;
  if( pKey1<pKey2 ) return -1;
  return 1;
}
#endif

/*
** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_STRING
*/
static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
  int h = 0;
  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = strlen(z);
  while( nKey > 0  ){
    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
    nKey--;
  }
  return h & 0x7fffffff;
}
static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
  return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
}

/*
** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
*/
static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
  int h = 0;
  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
  }
  return h & 0x7fffffff;
}
static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
**
** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
**
** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
*/
static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
#if 0  /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
  switch( keyClass ){
    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intHash;
    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash;
    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strHash;
    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binHash;;
    default: break;
  }
  return 0;
#else
  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
    return &strHash;
  }else{
    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
    return &binHash;
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
**
** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
** see the header comment on the previous function.
*/
static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
  switch( keyClass ){
    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intCompare;
    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare;
    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strCompare;
    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binCompare;
    default: break;
  }
  return 0;
#else
  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
    return &strCompare;
  }else{
    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
    return &binCompare;
  }
#endif
}

/* Link an element into the hash table
*/
static void insertElement(
  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
){
  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
  pHead = pEntry->chain;
  if( pHead ){
    pNew->next = pHead;
    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
    pHead->prev = pNew;
  }else{
    pNew->next = pH->first;
    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
    pNew->prev = 0;
    pH->first = pNew;
  }
  pEntry->count++;
  pEntry->chain = pNew;
}


/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
*/
static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
  int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */

  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
  new_ht = (struct _ht *)pH->xMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = new_ht;
  pH->htsize = new_size;
  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
    next_elem = elem->next;
    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
  }
}

/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
*/
static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
  int nKey,
  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
){
  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */

  if( pH->ht ){
    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
    elem = pEntry->chain;
    count = pEntry->count;
    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
    while( count-- && elem ){
      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
        return elem;
      }
      elem = elem->next;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
** element and a hash on the element's key.
*/
static void removeElementGivenHash(
  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
  int h             /* Hash value for the element */
){
  struct _ht *pEntry;
  if( elem->prev ){
    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
  }else{
    pH->first = elem->next;
  }
  if( elem->next ){
    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
  }
  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
  }
  pEntry->count--;
  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
    pEntry->chain = 0;
  }
  if( pH->copyKey ){
    pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
  }
  pH->xFree( elem );
  pH->count--;
  if( pH->count<=0 ){
    assert( pH->first==0 );
    assert( pH->count==0 );
    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
  }
}

/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
*/
void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
  int h;             /* A hash on key */
  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */

  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
  assert( xHash!=0 );
  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
}

/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
** and the data is "data".
**
** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
**
** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
**
** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
*/
void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
  int hraw;             /* Raw hash value of the key */
  int h;                /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
  assert( xHash!=0 );
  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
  if( elem ){
    void *old_data = elem->data;
    if( data==0 ){
      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
    }else{
      elem->data = data;
    }
    return old_data;
  }
  if( data==0 ) return 0;
  new_elem = (HashElem*)pH->xMalloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
    new_elem->pKey = pH->xMalloc( nKey );
    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
      pH->xFree(new_elem);
      return data;
    }
    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
  }else{
    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
  }
  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
  pH->count++;
  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
    rehash(pH,8);
    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
      pH->count = 0;
      if( pH->copyKey ){
        pH->xFree(new_elem->pKey);
      }
      pH->xFree(new_elem);
      return data;
    }
  }
  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
  }
  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
  new_elem->data = data;
  return 0;
}

/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/
/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
const char *const sqlite3OpcodeNames[] = { "?",
 /*   1 */ "MemLoad",
 /*   2 */ "VNext",
 /*   3 */ "Column",
 /*   4 */ "SetCookie",
 /*   5 */ "IfMemPos",
 /*   6 */ "Sequence",
 /*   7 */ "MoveGt",
 /*   8 */ "RowKey",
 /*   9 */ "OpenWrite",
 /*  10 */ "If",
 /*  11 */ "Pop",
 /*  12 */ "VRowid",
 /*  13 */ "CollSeq",
 /*  14 */ "OpenRead",
 /*  15 */ "Expire",
 /*  16 */ "Not",
 /*  17 */ "AutoCommit",
 /*  18 */ "IntegrityCk",
 /*  19 */ "Sort",
 /*  20 */ "Function",
 /*  21 */ "Noop",
 /*  22 */ "Return",
 /*  23 */ "NewRowid",
 /*  24 */ "IfMemNeg",
 /*  25 */ "Variable",
 /*  26 */ "String",
 /*  27 */ "RealAffinity",
 /*  28 */ "ParseSchema",
 /*  29 */ "VOpen",
 /*  30 */ "Close",
 /*  31 */ "CreateIndex",
 /*  32 */ "IsUnique",
 /*  33 */ "NotFound",
 /*  34 */ "Int64",
 /*  35 */ "MustBeInt",
 /*  36 */ "Halt",
 /*  37 */ "Rowid",
 /*  38 */ "IdxLT",
 /*  39 */ "AddImm",
 /*  40 */ "Statement",
 /*  41 */ "RowData",
 /*  42 */ "MemMax",
 /*  43 */ "Push",
 /*  44 */ "NotExists",
 /*  45 */ "MemIncr",
 /*  46 */ "Gosub",
 /*  47 */ "Integer",
 /*  48 */ "MemInt",
 /*  49 */ "Prev",
 /*  50 */ "VColumn",
 /*  51 */ "CreateTable",
 /*  52 */ "Last",
 /*  53 */ "IdxRowid",
 /*  54 */ "MakeIdxRec",
 /*  55 */ "ResetCount",
 /*  56 */ "FifoWrite",
 /*  57 */ "Callback",
 /*  58 */ "ContextPush",
 /*  59 */ "DropTrigger",
 /*  60 */ "Or",
 /*  61 */ "And",
 /*  62 */ "DropIndex",
 /*  63 */ "IdxGE",
 /*  64 */ "IdxDelete",
 /*  65 */ "IsNull",
 /*  66 */ "NotNull",
 /*  67 */ "Ne",
 /*  68 */ "Eq",
 /*  69 */ "Gt",
 /*  70 */ "Le",
 /*  71 */ "Lt",
 /*  72 */ "Ge",
 /*  73 */ "Vacuum",
 /*  74 */ "BitAnd",
 /*  75 */ "BitOr",
 /*  76 */ "ShiftLeft",
 /*  77 */ "ShiftRight",
 /*  78 */ "Add",
 /*  79 */ "Subtract",
 /*  80 */ "Multiply",
 /*  81 */ "Divide",
 /*  82 */ "Remainder",
 /*  83 */ "Concat",
 /*  84 */ "MoveLe",
 /*  85 */ "Negative",
 /*  86 */ "IfNot",
 /*  87 */ "BitNot",
 /*  88 */ "String8",
 /*  89 */ "DropTable",
 /*  90 */ "MakeRecord",
 /*  91 */ "Delete",
 /*  92 */ "AggFinal",
 /*  93 */ "Dup",
 /*  94 */ "Goto",
 /*  95 */ "TableLock",
 /*  96 */ "FifoRead",
 /*  97 */ "Clear",
 /*  98 */ "IdxGT",
 /*  99 */ "MoveLt",
 /* 100 */ "VerifyCookie",
 /* 101 */ "AggStep",
 /* 102 */ "Pull",
 /* 103 */ "SetNumColumns",
 /* 104 */ "AbsValue",
 /* 105 */ "Transaction",
 /* 106 */ "VFilter",
 /* 107 */ "VDestroy",
 /* 108 */ "ContextPop",
 /* 109 */ "Next",
 /* 110 */ "IdxInsert",
 /* 111 */ "Distinct",
 /* 112 */ "Insert",
 /* 113 */ "Destroy",
 /* 114 */ "ReadCookie",
 /* 115 */ "ForceInt",
 /* 116 */ "LoadAnalysis",
 /* 117 */ "Explain",
 /* 118 */ "IfMemZero",
 /* 119 */ "OpenPseudo",
 /* 120 */ "OpenEphemeral",
 /* 121 */ "Null",
 /* 122 */ "Blob",
 /* 123 */ "MemStore",
 /* 124 */ "Rewind",
 /* 125 */ "Real",
 /* 126 */ "HexBlob",
 /* 127 */ "MoveGe",
 /* 128 */ "VBegin",
 /* 129 */ "VUpdate",
 /* 130 */ "VCreate",
 /* 131 */ "MemMove",
 /* 132 */ "MemNull",
 /* 133 */ "Found",
 /* 134 */ "NullRow",
 /* 135 */ "NotUsed_135",
 /* 136 */ "NotUsed_136",
 /* 137 */ "NotUsed_137",
 /* 138 */ "ToText",
 /* 139 */ "ToBlob",
 /* 140 */ "ToNumeric",
 /* 141 */ "ToInt",
 /* 142 */ "ToReal",
};
#endif

/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_os2.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2006 Feb 14
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code that is specific to OS/2.
*/

#if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY)
/* os2safe.h has to be included before os2.h, needed for high mem */
#include <os2safe.h>
#endif


#if OS_OS2

/*
** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
*/
#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
# define SQLITE_OS2_THREADS 1
#endif

/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_os2.c ****************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
** files.
**
** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
** general purpose header file.
*/

/*
** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif


/*
 * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
 * pending-byte in the database file.
 */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
#endif

int sqlite3_os_trace = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
    if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
    if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#else
#define OSTRACE1(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#endif

/*
** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
** on i486 hardware.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
  unsigned long long int x;
  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
          :"=A" (x));
  return x;
}
static unsigned long long int g_start;
static unsigned int elapse;
#define TIMER_START       g_start=hwtime()
#define TIMER_END         elapse=hwtime()-g_start
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     elapse
#else
#define TIMER_START
#define TIMER_END
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     0
#endif

/*
** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;
int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;
int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;
int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
  if( sqlite3_io_error_pending || sqlite3_io_error_hit ) \
     if( sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 \
         || (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) ) \
                { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
static void local_ioerr(){
  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
  sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1;
}
#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
       local_ioerr(); \
       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
       CODE; \
     }else{ \
       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
     } \
   }
#else
#define SimulateIOError(A)
#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
#endif

/*
** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
#else
#define OpenCounter(X)
#endif

/*
** sqlite3GenericMalloc
** sqlite3GenericRealloc
** sqlite3GenericOsFree
** sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
**
** Implementation of the os level dynamic memory allocation interface in terms
** of the standard malloc(), realloc() and free() found in many operating
** systems. No rocket science here.
**
** There are two versions of these four functions here. The version
** implemented here is only used if memory-management or memory-debugging is
** enabled. This version allocates an extra 8-bytes at the beginning of each
** block and stores the size of the allocation there.
**
** If neither memory-management or debugging is enabled, the second
** set of implementations is used instead.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || defined (SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)
void *sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
  char *p = (char *)malloc(n+8);
  assert(n>0);
  assert(sizeof(int)<=8);
  if( p ){
    *(int *)p = n;
    p += 8;
  }
  return (void *)p;
}
void *sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
  char *p2 = ((char *)p - 8);
  assert(n>0);
  p2 = (char*)realloc(p2, n+8);
  if( p2 ){
    *(int *)p2 = n;
    p2 += 8;
  }
  return (void *)p2;
}
void sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
  assert(p);
  free((void *)((char *)p - 8));
}
int sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){
  return p ? *(int *)((char *)p - 8) : 0;
}
#else
void *sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
  char *p = (char *)malloc(n);
  return (void *)p;
}
void *sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
  assert(n>0);
  p = realloc(p, n);
  return p;
}
void sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
  assert(p);
  free(p);
}
/* Never actually used, but needed for the linker */
int sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){ return 0; }
#endif

/*
** The default size of a disk sector
*/
#ifndef PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE
# define PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE 512
#endif

/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in os_os2.c *********************/

/*
** The os2File structure is subclass of OsFile specific for the OS/2
** protability layer.
*/
typedef struct os2File os2File;
struct os2File {
  IoMethod const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
  HFILE h;                  /* Handle for accessing the file */
  int delOnClose;           /* True if file is to be deleted on close */
  char* pathToDel;          /* Name of file to delete on close */
  unsigned char locktype;   /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
};

/*
** Do not include any of the File I/O interface procedures if the
** SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO macro is defined (indicating that there database
** will be in-memory only)
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO

/*
** Delete the named file
*/
int sqlite3Os2Delete( const char *zFilename ){
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;

  rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilename );
  OSTRACE2( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename );
  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
*/
int sqlite3Os2FileExists( const char *zFilename ){
  FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo;
  memset(&fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo));
  return DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zFilename, FIL_STANDARD,
        &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) ) == NO_ERROR;
}

/* Forward declaration */
int allocateOs2File( os2File *pInit, OsFile **pld );

/*
** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
** try to create it.
**
** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
** SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
*/
int sqlite3Os2OpenReadWrite(
  const char *zFilename,
  OsFile **pld,
  int *pReadonly
){
  os2File  f;
  HFILE    hf;
  ULONG    ulAction;
  APIRET   rc = NO_ERROR;

  assert( *pld == 0 );
  rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L,
            FILE_ARCHIVED | FILE_NORMAL,
                OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS,
                OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM |
                    OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE, (PEAOP2)NULL );
  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
    rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L,
            FILE_ARCHIVED | FILE_NORMAL,
                OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS,
                OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM |
                        OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE | OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY, (PEAOP2)NULL );
    if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
    }
    *pReadonly = 1;
  }
  else{
    *pReadonly = 0;
  }
  f.h = hf;
  f.locktype = NO_LOCK;
  f.delOnClose = 0;
  f.pathToDel = NULL;
  OpenCounter(+1);
  OSTRACE3( "OPEN R/W %d \"%s\"\n", hf, zFilename );
  return allocateOs2File( &f, pld );
}


/*
** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
** link.
**
** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
** the file when it is closed.
**
** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
*/
int sqlite3Os2OpenExclusive( const char *zFilename, OsFile **pld, int delFlag ){
  os2File  f;
  HFILE    hf;
  ULONG    ulAction;
  APIRET   rc = NO_ERROR;

  assert( *pld == 0 );
  rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L, FILE_NORMAL,
            OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_REPLACE_IF_EXISTS,
            OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM |
                OPEN_SHARE_DENYREADWRITE | OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE, (PEAOP2)NULL );
  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
  }

  f.h = hf;
  f.locktype = NO_LOCK;
  f.delOnClose = delFlag ? 1 : 0;
  f.pathToDel = delFlag ? sqlite3OsFullPathname( zFilename ) : NULL;
  OpenCounter( +1 );
  if( delFlag ) DosForceDelete( sqlite3OsFullPathname( zFilename ) );
  OSTRACE3( "OPEN EX %d \"%s\"\n", hf, sqlite3OsFullPathname ( zFilename ) );
  return allocateOs2File( &f, pld );
}

/*
** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
**
** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
*/
int sqlite3Os2OpenReadOnly( const char *zFilename, OsFile **pld ){
  os2File  f;
  HFILE    hf;
  ULONG    ulAction;
  APIRET   rc = NO_ERROR;

  assert( *pld == 0 );
  rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L,
            FILE_NORMAL, OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS,
            OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM |
                OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE | OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY, (PEAOP2)NULL );
  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
  }
  f.h = hf;
  f.locktype = NO_LOCK;
  f.delOnClose = 0;
  f.pathToDel = NULL;
  OpenCounter( +1 );
  OSTRACE3( "OPEN RO %d \"%s\"\n", hf, zFilename );
  return allocateOs2File( &f, pld );
}

/*
** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
** to disk.
**
** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
** OS/2 since OS/2 does not support hard links.
**
** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
** returned.
**
** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
** *id unchanged.
*/
int os2OpenDirectory(
  OsFile *id,
  const char *zDirname
){
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
*/
int sqlite3Os2TempFileName( char *zBuf ){
  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
    "0123456789";
  int i, j;
  PSZ zTempPath = 0;
  if( DosScanEnv( "TEMP", &zTempPath ) ){
    if( DosScanEnv( "TMP", &zTempPath ) ){
      if( DosScanEnv( "TMPDIR", &zTempPath ) ){
           ULONG ulDriveNum = 0, ulDriveMap = 0;
           DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap );
           sprintf( zTempPath, "%c:", (char)( 'A' + ulDriveNum - 1 ) );
      }
    }
  }
  for(;;){
      sprintf( zBuf, "%s\\"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath );
      j = strlen( zBuf );
      sqlite3Randomness( 15, &zBuf[j] );
      for( i = 0; i < 15; i++, j++ ){
        zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
      }
      zBuf[j] = 0;
      if( !sqlite3OsFileExists( zBuf ) ) break;
  }
  OSTRACE2( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf );
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Close a file.
*/
int os2Close( OsFile **pld ){
  os2File *pFile;
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  if( pld && (pFile = (os2File*)*pld) != 0 ){
    OSTRACE2( "CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h );
    rc = DosClose( pFile->h );
    pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
    if( pFile->delOnClose != 0 ){
        rc = DosForceDelete( pFile->pathToDel );
    }
    *pld = 0;
    OpenCounter( -1 );
  }

  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/*
** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
** wrong.
*/
int os2Read( OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt ){
  ULONG got;
  assert( id!=0 );
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
  OSTRACE3( "READ %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype );
  DosRead( ((os2File*)id)->h, pBuf, amt, &got );
  if (got == (ULONG)amt)
    return SQLITE_OK;
  else if (got < 0)
    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
  else {
    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }
}

/*
** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
** or some other error code on failure.
*/
int os2Write( OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt ){
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  ULONG wrote;
  assert( id!=0 );
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
  OSTRACE3( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype );
  while( amt > 0 &&
      (rc = DosWrite( ((os2File*)id)->h, (PVOID)pBuf, amt, &wrote )) && wrote > 0 ){
      amt -= wrote;
      pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
  }

  return ( rc != NO_ERROR || amt > (int)wrote ) ? SQLITE_FULL : SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
*/
int os2Seek( OsFile *id, i64 offset ){
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  ULONG filePointer = 0L;
  assert( id!=0 );
  rc = DosSetFilePtr( ((os2File*)id)->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &filePointer );
  OSTRACE3( "SEEK %d %lld\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, offset );
  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/*
** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
*/
int os2Sync( OsFile *id, int dataOnly ){
  assert( id!=0 );
  OSTRACE3( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype );
  return DosResetBuffer( ((os2File*)id)->h ) == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/*
** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
** than UNIX.
*/
int sqlite3Os2SyncDirectory( const char *zDirname ){
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
int os2Truncate( OsFile *id, i64 nByte ){
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  ULONG upperBits = nByte>>32;
  assert( id!=0 );
  OSTRACE3( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, nByte );
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
  rc = DosSetFilePtr( ((os2File*)id)->h, nByte, FILE_BEGIN, &upperBits );
  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
    return SQLITE_IOERR;
  }
  rc = DosSetFilePtr( ((os2File*)id)->h, 0L, FILE_END, &upperBits );
  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/*
** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
*/
int os2FileSize( OsFile *id, i64 *pSize ){
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  FILESTATUS3 fsts3FileInfo;
  memset(&fsts3FileInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3FileInfo));
  assert( id!=0 );
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
  rc = DosQueryFileInfo( ((os2File*)id)->h, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3FileInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
  if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
    *pSize = fsts3FileInfo.cbFile;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  else{
    return SQLITE_IOERR;
  }
}

/*
** Acquire a reader lock.
*/
static int getReadLock( os2File *id ){
  FILELOCK  LockArea,
            UnlockArea;
  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
  LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
  LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
  UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
  UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
  return DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
}

/*
** Undo a readlock
*/
static int unlockReadLock( os2File *id ){
  FILELOCK  LockArea,
            UnlockArea;
  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
  LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
  LockArea.lRange = 0L;
  UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
  UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
  return DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
/*
** Check that a given pathname is a directory and is writable
**
*/
int sqlite3Os2IsDirWritable( char *zDirname ){
  FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo;
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  memset(&fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo));
  if( zDirname==0 ) return 0;
  if( strlen(zDirname)>CCHMAXPATH ) return 0;
  rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zDirname, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
  if( rc != NO_ERROR ) return 0;
  if( (fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_DIRECTORY) != FILE_DIRECTORY ) return 0;

  return 1;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
**    SHARED -> RESERVED
**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  The os2Unlock() routine
** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
** must go straight to locking level 0.
*/
int os2Lock( OsFile *id, int locktype ){
  APIRET rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
  APIRET res = NO_ERROR;    /* Result of an OS/2 lock call */
  int newLocktype;       /* Set id->locktype to this value before exiting */
  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
  FILELOCK  LockArea,
            UnlockArea;
  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
  assert( pFile!=0 );
  OSTRACE4( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype );

  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
  */
  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
  */
  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );

  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
  */
  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
  if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK
   || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
  ){
    int cnt = 3;

    LockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;

    while( cnt-->0 && (res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L) )!=NO_ERROR ){
      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  The pending lock might be
      ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
      */
      OSTRACE2( "could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt );
      DosSleep(1);
    }
    gotPendingLock = res;
  }

  /* Acquire a shared lock
  */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
    res = getReadLock(pFile);
    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    }
  }

  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
  */
  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
    LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
    }
  }

  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
  */
  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
    gotPendingLock = 0;
  }

  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
  */
  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
    res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
    OSTRACE2( "unreadlock = %d\n", res );
    LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
    LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
    }else{
      OSTRACE2( "error-code = %d\n", res );
    }
  }

  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
  ** release it now.
  */
  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
    DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
  }

  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
  ** return the appropriate result code.
  */
  if( res == NO_ERROR ){
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    OSTRACE4( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
           locktype, newLocktype );
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }
  pFile->locktype = newLocktype;
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
** non-zero, otherwise zero.
*/
int os2CheckReservedLock( OsFile *id ){
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
  assert( pFile!=0 );
  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
    rc = 1;
    OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc );
  }else{
    FILELOCK  LockArea,
              UnlockArea;
    memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
    memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
    LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
    rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
    if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
      LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
      LockArea.lRange = 0L;
      UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
      UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
      rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
    }
    OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc );
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
**
** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
*/
int os2Unlock( OsFile *id, int locktype ){
  int type;
  APIRET rc = SQLITE_OK;
  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
  FILELOCK  LockArea,
            UnlockArea;
  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
  assert( pFile!=0 );
  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  OSTRACE4( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype );
  type = pFile->locktype;
  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
    UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
    DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && getReadLock(pFile) != NO_ERROR ){
      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
      ** reacquire the read lock */
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
    }
  }
  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
    DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
  }
  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
    unlockReadLock(pFile);
  }
  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
    DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
  }
  pFile->locktype = locktype;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
** is no longer needed.
*/
char *sqlite3Os2FullPathname( const char *zRelative ){
  char *zFull = 0;
  if( strchr(zRelative, ':') ){
    sqlite3SetString( &zFull, zRelative, (char*)0 );
  }else{
    char zBuff[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE - 2] = {0};
    char zDrive[1] = {0};
    ULONG cbzFullLen = SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE;
    ULONG ulDriveNum = 0;
    ULONG ulDriveMap = 0;
    DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap );
    DosQueryCurrentDir( 0L, zBuff, &cbzFullLen );
    zFull = sqliteMalloc( cbzFullLen );
    sprintf( zDrive, "%c", (char)('A' + ulDriveNum - 1) );
    sqlite3SetString( &zFull, zDrive, ":\\", zBuff, "\\", zRelative, (char*)0 );
  }
  return zFull;
}

/*
** The fullSync option is meaningless on os2, or correct me if I'm wrong.  This is a no-op.
** From os_unix.c: Change the value of the fullsync flag in the given file descriptor.
** From os_unix.c: ((unixFile*)id)->fullSync = v;
*/
static void os2SetFullSync( OsFile *id, int v ){
  return;
}

/*
** Return the underlying file handle for an OsFile
*/
static int os2FileHandle( OsFile *id ){
  return (int)((os2File*)id)->h;
}

/*
** Return an integer that indices the type of lock currently held
** by this handle.  (Used for testing and analysis only.)
*/
static int os2LockState( OsFile *id ){
  return ((os2File*)id)->locktype;
}

/*
** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
** larger for some devices.
**
** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
** a database and it's journal file) that the sector size will be the
** same for both.
*/
static int os2SectorSize(OsFile *id){
  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}

/*
** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
** for os2.
*/
static const IoMethod sqlite3Os2IoMethod = {
  os2Close,
  os2OpenDirectory,
  os2Read,
  os2Write,
  os2Seek,
  os2Truncate,
  os2Sync,
  os2SetFullSync,
  os2FileHandle,
  os2FileSize,
  os2Lock,
  os2Unlock,
  os2LockState,
  os2CheckReservedLock,
  os2SectorSize,
};

/*
** Allocate memory for an OsFile.  Initialize the new OsFile
** to the value given in pInit and return a pointer to the new
** OsFile.  If we run out of memory, close the file and return NULL.
*/
int allocateOs2File( os2File *pInit, OsFile **pld ){
  os2File *pNew;
  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    DosClose( pInit->h );
    *pld = 0;
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    *pNew = *pInit;
    pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3Os2IoMethod;
    pNew->locktype = NO_LOCK;
    *pld = (OsFile*)pNew;
    OpenCounter(+1);
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
/***************************************************************************
** Everything above deals with file I/O.  Everything that follows deals
** with other miscellanous aspects of the operating system interface
****************************************************************************/

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
*/
void *sqlite3Os2Dlopen(const char *zFilename){
  UCHAR loadErr[256];
  HMODULE hmod;
  APIRET rc;
  rc = DosLoadModule(loadErr, sizeof(loadErr), zFilename, &hmod);
  if (rc != NO_ERROR) return 0;
  return (void*)hmod;
}
void *sqlite3Os2Dlsym(void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
  PFN pfn;
  APIRET rc;
  rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, zSymbol, &pfn);
  if (rc != NO_ERROR) {
    /* if the symbol itself was not found, search again for the same
     * symbol with an extra underscore, that might be needed depending
     * on the calling convention */
    char _zSymbol[256] = "_";
    strncat(_zSymbol, zSymbol, 255);
    rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, _zSymbol, &pfn);
  }
  if (rc != NO_ERROR) return 0;
  return pfn;
}
int sqlite3Os2Dlclose(void *pHandle){
  return DosFreeModule((HMODULE)pHandle);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */


/*
** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
*/
int sqlite3Os2RandomSeed( char *zBuf ){
  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
  ** in the random seed.
  **
  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
  ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the
  ** tests repeatable.
  */
  memset( zBuf, 0, 256 );
  DosGetDateTime( (PDATETIME)zBuf );
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
*/
int sqlite3Os2Sleep( int ms ){
  DosSleep( ms );
  return ms;
}

/*
** Static variables used for thread synchronization
*/
static int inMutex = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_THREADS
static ULONG mutexOwner;
#endif

/*
** The following pair of routines implement mutual exclusion for
** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
**
** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
*/
void sqlite3Os2EnterMutex(){
  PTIB ptib;
#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_THREADS
  DosEnterCritSec();
  DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, NULL );
  mutexOwner = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
#endif
  assert( !inMutex );
  inMutex = 1;
}
void sqlite3Os2LeaveMutex(){
  PTIB ptib;
  assert( inMutex );
  inMutex = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_THREADS
  DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, NULL );
  assert( mutexOwner == ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid );
  DosExitCritSec();
#endif
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the mutex is currently held.
**
** If the thisThreadOnly parameter is true, return true if and only if the
** calling thread holds the mutex.  If the parameter is false, return
** true if any thread holds the mutex.
*/
int sqlite3Os2InMutex( int thisThreadOnly ){
#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_THREADS
  PTIB ptib;
  DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, NULL );
  return inMutex>0 && (thisThreadOnly==0 || mutexOwner==ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid);
#else
  return inMutex>0;
#endif
}

/*
** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
#endif

/*
** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
*/
int sqlite3Os2CurrentTime( double *prNow ){
  double now;
  USHORT second, minute, hour,
         day, month, year;
  DATETIME dt;
  DosGetDateTime( &dt );
  second = (USHORT)dt.seconds;
  minute = (USHORT)dt.minutes + dt.timezone;
  hour = (USHORT)dt.hours;
  day = (USHORT)dt.day;
  month = (USHORT)dt.month;
  year = (USHORT)dt.year;

  /* Calculations from http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd.html
     http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c */
  /* Calculate the Julian days */
  now = day - 32076 +
    1461*(year + 4800 + (month - 14)/12)/4 +
    367*(month - 2 - (month - 14)/12*12)/12 -
    3*((year + 4900 + (month - 14)/12)/100)/4;

  /* Add the fractional hours, mins and seconds */
  now += (hour + 12.0)/24.0;
  now += minute/1440.0;
  now += second/86400.0;
  *prNow = now;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
  }
#endif
  return 0;
}

/*
** Remember the number of thread-specific-data blocks allocated.
** Use this to verify that we are not leaking thread-specific-data.
** Ticket #1601
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_tsd_count = 0;
# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR InterlockedIncrement( &sqlite3_tsd_count )
# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR InterlockedDecrement( &sqlite3_tsd_count )
#else
# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR  /* no-op */
# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR  /* no-op */
#endif

/*
** If called with allocateFlag>1, then return a pointer to thread
** specific data for the current thread.  Allocate and zero the
** thread-specific data if it does not already exist necessary.
**
** If called with allocateFlag==0, then check the current thread
** specific data.  Return it if it exists.  If it does not exist,
** then return NULL.
**
** If called with allocateFlag<0, check to see if the thread specific
** data is allocated and is all zero.  If it is then deallocate it.
** Return a pointer to the thread specific data or NULL if it is
** unallocated or gets deallocated.
*/
ThreadData *sqlite3Os2ThreadSpecificData( int allocateFlag ){
  static ThreadData **s_ppTsd = NULL;
  static const ThreadData zeroData = {0, 0, 0};
  ThreadData *pTsd;

  if( !s_ppTsd ){
    sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    if( !s_ppTsd ){
      PULONG pul;
      APIRET rc = DosAllocThreadLocalMemory(1, &pul);
      if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
        sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
        return 0;
      }
      s_ppTsd = (ThreadData **)pul;
    }
    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  }
  pTsd = *s_ppTsd;
  if( allocateFlag>0 ){
    if( !pTsd ){
      pTsd = sqlite3OsMalloc( sizeof(zeroData) );
      if( pTsd ){
        *pTsd = zeroData;
        *s_ppTsd = pTsd;
        TSD_COUNTER_INCR;
      }
    }
  }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0
              && memcmp( pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData) )==0 ){
    sqlite3OsFree(pTsd);
    *s_ppTsd = NULL;
    TSD_COUNTER_DECR;
    pTsd = 0;
  }
  return pTsd;
}
#endif /* OS_OS2 */

/************** End of os_os2.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems.
*/
#if OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */

/* #define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 */

/*
** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
** large file support, these should be no-ops.
**
** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
** portability you should omit LFS.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
# define _LARGE_FILE       1
# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
# endif
# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#endif

/*
** standard include files.
*/
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
*/
#ifndef THREADSAFE
# define THREADSAFE 1
#endif
#if THREADSAFE
# include <pthread.h>
# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
#endif

/*
** Default permissions when creating a new file
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644
#endif



/*
** The unixFile structure is subclass of OsFile specific for the unix
** protability layer.
*/
typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
struct unixFile {
  IoMethod const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
  struct openCnt *pOpen;    /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
  struct lockInfo *pLock;   /* Info about locks on this inode */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  void *lockingContext;     /* Locking style specific state */
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
  int h;                    /* The file descriptor */
  unsigned char locktype;   /* The type of lock held on this fd */
  unsigned char isOpen;     /* True if needs to be closed */
  unsigned char fullSync;   /* Use F_FULLSYNC if available */
  int dirfd;                /* File descriptor for the directory */
  i64 offset;               /* Seek offset */
#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  pthread_t tid;            /* The thread that "owns" this OsFile */
#endif
};

/*
** Provide the ability to override some OS-layer functions during
** testing.  This is used to simulate OS crashes to verify that 
** commits are atomic even in the event of an OS crash.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_CRASH_TEST
  extern int sqlite3CrashTestEnable;
  extern int sqlite3CrashOpenReadWrite(const char*, OsFile**, int*);
  extern int sqlite3CrashOpenExclusive(const char*, OsFile**, int);
  extern int sqlite3CrashOpenReadOnly(const char*, OsFile**, int);
# define CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(X,A,B,C) \
    if(sqlite3CrashTestEnable){ return X(A,B,C); }
#else
# define CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(X,A,B,C)  /* no-op */
#endif


/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
** files.
**
** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
** general purpose header file.
*/

/*
** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif


/*
 * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
 * pending-byte in the database file.
 */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
#endif

int sqlite3_os_trace = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
    if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
    if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#else
#define OSTRACE1(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#endif

/*
** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
** on i486 hardware.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
  unsigned long long int x;
  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
          :"=A" (x));
  return x;
}
static unsigned long long int g_start;
static unsigned int elapse;
#define TIMER_START       g_start=hwtime()
#define TIMER_END         elapse=hwtime()-g_start
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     elapse
#else
#define TIMER_START
#define TIMER_END
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     0
#endif

/*
** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;
int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;
int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;
int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
  if( sqlite3_io_error_pending || sqlite3_io_error_hit ) \
     if( sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 \
         || (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) ) \
                { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
static void local_ioerr(){
  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
  sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1;
}
#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
       local_ioerr(); \
       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
       CODE; \
     }else{ \
       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
     } \
   }
#else
#define SimulateIOError(A)
#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
#endif

/*
** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
#else
#define OpenCounter(X)
#endif

/*
** sqlite3GenericMalloc
** sqlite3GenericRealloc
** sqlite3GenericOsFree
** sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
**
** Implementation of the os level dynamic memory allocation interface in terms
** of the standard malloc(), realloc() and free() found in many operating
** systems. No rocket science here.
**
** There are two versions of these four functions here. The version
** implemented here is only used if memory-management or memory-debugging is
** enabled. This version allocates an extra 8-bytes at the beginning of each
** block and stores the size of the allocation there.
**
** If neither memory-management or debugging is enabled, the second
** set of implementations is used instead.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || defined (SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)
void *sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
  char *p = (char *)malloc(n+8);
  assert(n>0);
  assert(sizeof(int)<=8);
  if( p ){
    *(int *)p = n;
    p += 8;
  }
  return (void *)p;
}
void *sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
  char *p2 = ((char *)p - 8);
  assert(n>0);
  p2 = (char*)realloc(p2, n+8);
  if( p2 ){
    *(int *)p2 = n;
    p2 += 8;
  }
  return (void *)p2;
}
void sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
  assert(p);
  free((void *)((char *)p - 8));
}
int sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){
  return p ? *(int *)((char *)p - 8) : 0;
}
#else
void *sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
  char *p = (char *)malloc(n);
  return (void *)p;
}
void *sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
  assert(n>0);
  p = realloc(p, n);
  return p;
}
void sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
  assert(p);
  free(p);
}
/* Never actually used, but needed for the linker */
int sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){ return 0; }
#endif

/*
** The default size of a disk sector
*/
#ifndef PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE
# define PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE 512
#endif

/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/

/*
** Do not include any of the File I/O interface procedures if the
** SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO macro is defined (indicating that the database
** will be in-memory only)
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO


/*
** Define various macros that are missing from some systems.
*/
#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
# define O_LARGEFILE 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
# undef O_LARGEFILE
# define O_LARGEFILE 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
#endif
#ifndef O_BINARY
# define O_BINARY 0
#endif

/*
** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
** lacks the fcntl() system call.  So redefine fcntl() to be something
** that always succeeds.  This means that locking does not occur under
** DJGPP.  But it's DOS - what did you expect?
*/
#ifdef __DJGPP__
# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0
#endif

/*
** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0.  Used for
** testing and debugging only.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
#define threadid pthread_self()
#else
#define threadid 0
#endif

/*
** Set or check the OsFile.tid field.  This field is set when an OsFile
** is first opened.  All subsequent uses of the OsFile verify that the
** same thread is operating on the OsFile.  Some operating systems do
** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction
** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread
** to another.  This logic makes sure a user does not try to do that
** by mistake.
**
** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15):  OsFiles can be moved from one thread to
** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads
** overriding each others locks (which now the most common behavior)
** or if no locks are held.  But the OsFile.pLock field needs to be
** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id.  See the 
** transferOwnership() function below for additional information
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS)
# define SET_THREADID(X)   (X)->tid = pthread_self()
# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \
                            !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self()))
#else
# define SET_THREADID(X)
# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0
#endif

/*
** Here is the dirt on POSIX advisory locks:  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
**
**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
**
** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
** file descriptors opened on different file names.
**
** Bummer.  If you ask me, this is broken.  Badly broken.  It means
** that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access among
** competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
** threads within the same process.
**
** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
** inode.
**
** The OsFile structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both OsFile structures
** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
**
** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
** a locked and an unlocked state.
**
** 2004-Jan-11:
** More recent discoveries about POSIX advisory locks.  (The more
** I discover, the more I realize the a POSIX advisory locks are
** an abomination.)
**
** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
** released.  To work around this problem, each OsFile structure contains
** a pointer to an openCnt structure.  There is one openCnt structure
** per open inode, which means that multiple OsFiles can point to a single
** openCnt.  When an attempt is made to close an OsFile, if there are
** other OsFiles open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
** The openCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
** clears.
**
** First, under Linux threads, because each thread has a separate
** process ID, lock operations in one thread do not override locks
** to the same file in other threads.  Linux threads behave like
** separate processes in this respect.  But, if you close a file
** descriptor in linux threads, all locks are cleared, even locks
** on other threads and even though the other threads have different
** process IDs.  Linux threads is inconsistent in this respect.
** (I'm beginning to think that linux threads is an abomination too.)
** The consequence of this all is that the hash table for the lockInfo
** structure has to include the process id as part of its key because
** locks in different threads are treated as distinct.  But the 
** openCnt structure should not include the process id in its
** key because close() clears lock on all threads, not just the current
** thread.  Were it not for this goofiness in linux threads, we could
** combine the lockInfo and openCnt structures into a single structure.
**
** 2004-Jun-28:
** On some versions of linux, threads can override each others locks.
** On others not.  Sometimes you can change the behavior on the same
** system by setting the LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variable.  The
** POSIX standard is silent as to which behavior is correct, as far
** as I can tell, so other versions of unix might show the same
** inconsistency.  There is no little doubt in my mind that posix
** advisory locks and linux threads are profoundly broken.
**
** To work around the inconsistencies, we have to test at runtime 
** whether or not threads can override each others locks.  This test
** is run once, the first time any lock is attempted.  A static 
** variable is set to record the results of this test for future
** use.
*/

/*
** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
** to locate a particular lockInfo structure given its inode.
**
** If threads cannot override each others locks, then we set the
** lockKey.tid field to the thread ID.  If threads can override
** each others locks then tid is always set to zero.  tid is omitted
** if we compile without threading support.
*/
struct lockKey {
  dev_t dev;       /* Device number */
  ino_t ino;       /* Inode number */
#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  pthread_t tid;   /* Thread ID or zero if threads can override each other */
#endif
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
** inode on each thread with a different process ID.  (Threads have
** different process IDs on linux, but not on most other unixes.)
**
** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each OsFile
** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
** object keeps a count of the number of OsFiles pointing to it.
*/
struct lockInfo {
  struct lockKey key;  /* The lookup key */
  int cnt;             /* Number of SHARED locks held */
  int locktype;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
  int nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this structure */
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
** to locate a particular openCnt structure given its inode.  This
** is the same as the lockKey except that the thread ID is omitted.
*/
struct openKey {
  dev_t dev;   /* Device number */
  ino_t ino;   /* Inode number */
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
** inode.  This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that
** inode.  If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding
** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the
** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list.
*/
struct openCnt {
  struct openKey key;   /* The lookup key */
  int nRef;             /* Number of pointers to this structure */
  int nLock;            /* Number of outstanding locks */
  int nPending;         /* Number of pending close() operations */
  int *aPending;        /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */
};

/* 
** These hash tables map inodes and file descriptors (really, lockKey and
** openKey structures) into lockInfo and openCnt structures.  Access to 
** these hash tables must be protected by a mutex.
*/
static Hash lockHash = {SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 
    sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc, sqlite3ThreadSafeFree, 0, 0};
static Hash openHash = {SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 
    sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc, sqlite3ThreadSafeFree, 0, 0};

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
** The locking styles are associated with the different file locking
** capabilities supported by different file systems.  
**
** POSIX locking style fully supports shared and exclusive byte-range locks 
** ADP locking only supports exclusive byte-range locks
** FLOCK only supports a single file-global exclusive lock
** DOTLOCK isn't a true locking style, it refers to the use of a special
**   file named the same as the database file with a '.lock' extension, this
**   can be used on file systems that do not offer any reliable file locking
** NO locking means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
**   read-only file systems currently
** UNSUPPORTED means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
**   file systems that are known to be unsupported
*/
typedef enum {
      posixLockingStyle = 0,       /* standard posix-advisory locks */
      afpLockingStyle,             /* use afp locks */
      flockLockingStyle,           /* use flock() */
      dotlockLockingStyle,         /* use <file>.lock files */
      noLockingStyle,              /* useful for read-only file system */
      unsupportedLockingStyle      /* indicates unsupported file system */
} sqlite3LockingStyle;
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
/*
** This variable records whether or not threads can override each others
** locks.
**
**    0:  No.  Threads cannot override each others locks.
**    1:  Yes.  Threads can override each others locks.
**   -1:  We don't know yet.
**
** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each
** others locks.  On those systems, the SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK macro
** will be set appropriately.  On other systems, we have to check at
** runtime.  On these latter systems, SQLTIE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK is
** undefined.
**
** This variable normally has file scope only.  But during testing, we make
** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify
** that the right stuff happens in either case.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK
# define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
#else
static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
#endif

/*
** This structure holds information passed into individual test
** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine.
*/
struct threadTestData {
  int fd;                /* File to be locked */
  struct flock lock;     /* The locking operation */
  int result;            /* Result of the locking operation */
};

#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
/*
** Print out information about all locking operations.
**
** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
** platforms.  Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
** command-line option on the compiler.  This code is normally
** turned off.
*/
static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
  char *zOpName, *zType;
  int s;
  int savedErrno;
  if( op==F_GETLK ){
    zOpName = "GETLK";
  }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
    zOpName = "SETLK";
  }else{
    s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
    return s;
  }
  if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
    zType = "RDLCK";
  }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
    zType = "WRLCK";
  }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
    zType = "UNLCK";
  }else{
    assert( 0 );
  }
  assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
  s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
  savedErrno = errno;
  sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
     threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
     (int)p->l_pid, s);
  if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
    struct flock l2;
    l2 = *p;
    fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
    if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
      zType = "RDLCK";
    }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
      zType = "WRLCK";
    }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
      zType = "UNLCK";
    }else{
      assert( 0 );
    }
    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
       zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
  }
  errno = savedErrno;
  return s;
}
#define fcntl lockTrace
#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */

/*
** The testThreadLockingBehavior() routine launches two separate
** threads on this routine.  This routine attempts to lock a file
** descriptor then returns.  The success or failure of that attempt
** allows the testThreadLockingBehavior() procedure to determine
** whether or not threads can override each others locks.
*/
static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){
  struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg;
  pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_SETLK, &pData->lock);
  return pArg;
}

/*
** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads
** can override each others locks then sets the 
** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately.
*/
static void testThreadLockingBehavior(int fd_orig){
  int fd;
  struct threadTestData d[2];
  pthread_t t[2];

  fd = dup(fd_orig);
  if( fd<0 ) return;
  memset(d, 0, sizeof(d));
  d[0].fd = fd;
  d[0].lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
  d[0].lock.l_len = 1;
  d[0].lock.l_start = 0;
  d[0].lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  d[1] = d[0];
  d[1].lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
  pthread_create(&t[0], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[0]);
  pthread_create(&t[1], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[1]);
  pthread_join(t[0], 0);
  pthread_join(t[1], 0);
  close(fd);
  threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks =  d[0].result==0 && d[1].result==0;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS */

/*
** Release a lockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
*/
static void releaseLockInfo(struct lockInfo *pLock){
  assert( sqlite3OsInMutex(1) );
  if (pLock == NULL)
    return;
  pLock->nRef--;
  if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
    sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(pLock->key), 0);
    sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pLock);
  }
}

/*
** Release a openCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
*/
static void releaseOpenCnt(struct openCnt *pOpen){
  assert( sqlite3OsInMutex(1) );
  if (pOpen == NULL)
    return;
  pOpen->nRef--;
  if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
    sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(pOpen->key), 0);
    free(pOpen->aPending);
    sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pOpen);
  }
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
** Tests a byte-range locking query to see if byte range locks are 
** supported, if not we fall back to dotlockLockingStyle.
*/
static sqlite3LockingStyle sqlite3TestLockingStyle(const char *filePath, 
  int fd) {
  /* test byte-range lock using fcntl */
  struct flock lockInfo;
  
  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
  
  if (fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo) != -1) {
    return posixLockingStyle;
  } 
  
  /* testing for flock can give false positives.  So if if the above test
  ** fails, then we fall back to using dot-lock style locking.
  */  
  return dotlockLockingStyle;
}

/* 
** Examines the f_fstypename entry in the statfs structure as returned by 
** stat() for the file system hosting the database file, assigns the 
** appropriate locking style based on it's value.  These values and 
** assignments are based on Darwin/OSX behavior and have not been tested on 
** other systems.
*/
static sqlite3LockingStyle sqlite3DetectLockingStyle(const char *filePath, 
  int fd) {

#ifdef SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE
  return (sqlite3LockingStyle)SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE;
#else
  struct statfs fsInfo;

  if (statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) == -1)
    return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd);
  
  if (fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY)
    return noLockingStyle;
  
  if( (!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "hfs")) ||
    (!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "ufs")) )
            return posixLockingStyle;
  
  if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "afpfs"))
    return afpLockingStyle;
  
  if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")) 
    return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd);
  
  if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "smbfs"))
    return flockLockingStyle;
  
  if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "msdos"))
    return dotlockLockingStyle;
  
  if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "webdav"))
    return unsupportedLockingStyle;
  
  return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd);  
#endif // SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE
}

#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** Given a file descriptor, locate lockInfo and openCnt structures that
** describes that file descriptor.  Create new ones if necessary.  The
** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
**
** Return the number of errors.
*/
static int findLockInfo(
  int fd,                      /* The file descriptor used in the key */
  struct lockInfo **ppLock,    /* Return the lockInfo structure here */
  struct openCnt **ppOpen      /* Return the openCnt structure here */
){
  int rc;
  struct lockKey key1;
  struct openKey key2;
  struct stat statbuf;
  struct lockInfo *pLock;
  struct openCnt *pOpen;
  rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
  if( rc!=0 ) return 1;

  assert( sqlite3OsInMutex(1) );
  memset(&key1, 0, sizeof(key1));
  key1.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
  key1.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){
    testThreadLockingBehavior(fd);
  }
  key1.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self();
#endif
  memset(&key2, 0, sizeof(key2));
  key2.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
  key2.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
  pLock = (struct lockInfo*)sqlite3HashFind(&lockHash, &key1, sizeof(key1));
  if( pLock==0 ){
    struct lockInfo *pOld;
    pLock = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(*pLock) );
    if( pLock==0 ){
      rc = 1;
      goto exit_findlockinfo;
    }
    pLock->key = key1;
    pLock->nRef = 1;
    pLock->cnt = 0;
    pLock->locktype = 0;
    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(key1), pLock);
    if( pOld!=0 ){
      assert( pOld==pLock );
      sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pLock);
      rc = 1;
      goto exit_findlockinfo;
    }
  }else{
    pLock->nRef++;
  }
  *ppLock = pLock;
  if( ppOpen!=0 ){
    pOpen = (struct openCnt*)sqlite3HashFind(&openHash, &key2, sizeof(key2));
    if( pOpen==0 ){
      struct openCnt *pOld;
      pOpen = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(*pOpen) );
      if( pOpen==0 ){
        releaseLockInfo(pLock);
        rc = 1;
        goto exit_findlockinfo;
      }
      pOpen->key = key2;
      pOpen->nRef = 1;
      pOpen->nLock = 0;
      pOpen->nPending = 0;
      pOpen->aPending = 0;
      pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(key2), pOpen);
      if( pOld!=0 ){
        assert( pOld==pOpen );
        sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pOpen);
        releaseLockInfo(pLock);
        rc = 1;
        goto exit_findlockinfo;
      }
    }else{
      pOpen->nRef++;
    }
    *ppOpen = pOpen;
  }

exit_findlockinfo:
  return rc;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
** integer lock-type.
*/
static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){
  switch( locktype ){
  case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
  case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
  case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
  case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
  case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
  }
  return "ERROR";
}
#endif

/*
** If we are currently in a different thread than the thread that the
** unixFile argument belongs to, then transfer ownership of the unixFile
** over to the current thread.
**
** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems where one thread is
** unable to override locks created by a different thread.  RedHat9 is
** an example of such a system.
**
** Ownership transfer is only allowed if the unixFile is currently unlocked.
** If the unixFile is locked and an ownership is wrong, then return
** SQLITE_MISUSE.  SQLITE_OK is returned if everything works.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){
  int rc;
  pthread_t hSelf;
  if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ){
    /* Ownership transfers not needed on this system */
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  hSelf = pthread_self();
  if( pthread_equal(pFile->tid, hSelf) ){
    /* We are still in the same thread */
    OSTRACE1("No-transfer, same thread\n");
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){
    /* We cannot change ownership while we are holding a lock! */
    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  OSTRACE4("Transfer ownership of %d from %d to %d\n",
            pFile->h, pFile->tid, hSelf);
  pFile->tid = hSelf;
  if (pFile->pLock != NULL) {
    releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
    rc = findLockInfo(pFile->h, &pFile->pLock, 0);
    OSTRACE5("LOCK    %d is now %s(%s,%d)\n", pFile->h,
           locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
           locktypeName(pFile->pLock->locktype), pFile->pLock->cnt);
    return rc;
  } else {
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
}
#else
  /* On single-threaded builds, ownership transfer is a no-op */
# define transferOwnership(X) SQLITE_OK
#endif

/*
** Delete the named file
*/
int sqlite3UnixDelete(const char *zFilename){
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
  unlink(zFilename);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
*/
int sqlite3UnixFileExists(const char *zFilename){
  return access(zFilename, 0)==0;
}

/* Forward declaration */
static int allocateUnixFile(
  int h,                    /* File descriptor of the open file */
  OsFile **pId,             /* Write the real file descriptor here */
  const char *zFilename,    /* Name of the file being opened */
  int delFlag               /* If true, make sure the file deletes on close */
);

/*
** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
** try to create it.
**
** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
** SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
*/
int sqlite3UnixOpenReadWrite(
  const char *zFilename,
  OsFile **pId,
  int *pReadonly
){
  int h;
  
  CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(sqlite3CrashOpenReadWrite, zFilename, pId, pReadonly);
  assert( 0==*pId );
  h = open(zFilename, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY,
                        SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
  if( h<0 ){
#ifdef EISDIR
    if( errno==EISDIR ){
      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
    }
#endif
    h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
    if( h<0 ){
      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
    }
    *pReadonly = 1;
  }else{
    *pReadonly = 0;
  }
  return allocateUnixFile(h, pId, zFilename, 0);
}


/*
** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
** link.
**
** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
** the file when it is closed.
**
** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
*/
int sqlite3UnixOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId, int delFlag){
  int h;

  CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(sqlite3CrashOpenExclusive, zFilename, pId, delFlag);
  assert( 0==*pId );
  h = open(zFilename,
                O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY,
                delFlag ? 0600 : SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
  if( h<0 ){
    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
  }
  return allocateUnixFile(h, pId, zFilename, delFlag);
}

/*
** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
**
** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
*/
int sqlite3UnixOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId){
  int h;
  
  CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(sqlite3CrashOpenReadOnly, zFilename, pId, 0);
  assert( 0==*pId );
  h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
  if( h<0 ){
    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
  }
  return allocateUnixFile(h, pId, zFilename, 0);
}

/*
** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
** to disk.
**
** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
** windows since windows does not support hard links.
**
** If FULL_FSYNC is enabled, this function is not longer useful, 
** a FULL_FSYNC sync applies to all pending disk operations.
**
** On success, a handle for a previously open file at *id is
** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
** returned.
**
** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
** *id unchanged.
*/
static int unixOpenDirectory(
  OsFile *id,
  const char *zDirname
){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  assert( pFile!=0 );
  SET_THREADID(pFile);
  assert( pFile->dirfd<0 );
  pFile->dirfd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
  if( pFile->dirfd<0 ){
    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
  }
  OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", pFile->dirfd, zDirname);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
*/
int sqlite3UnixTempFileName(char *zBuf){
  static const char *azDirs[] = {
     0,
     "/var/tmp",
     "/usr/tmp",
     "/tmp",
     ".",
  };
  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
    "0123456789";
  int i, j;
  struct stat buf;
  const char *zDir = ".";
  azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); i++){
    if( azDirs[i]==0 ) continue;
    if( stat(azDirs[i], &buf) ) continue;
    if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
    if( access(azDirs[i], 07) ) continue;
    zDir = azDirs[i];
    break;
  }
  do{
    sprintf(zBuf, "%s/"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
    j = strlen(zBuf);
    sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
    }
    zBuf[j] = 0;
  }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 );
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

/*
** Check that a given pathname is a directory and is writable 
**
*/
int sqlite3UnixIsDirWritable(char *zBuf){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
  struct stat buf;
  if( zBuf==0 ) return 0;
  if( zBuf[0]==0 ) return 0;
  if( stat(zBuf, &buf) ) return 0;
  if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) return 0;
  if( access(zBuf, 07) ) return 0;
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
  return 1;
}

/*
** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
*/
static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, void *pBuf, int cnt){
  int got;
  i64 newOffset;
  TIMER_START;
#if defined(USE_PREAD)
  got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset);
  SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
  got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset);
  SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
#else
  newOffset = lseek(id->h, id->offset, SEEK_SET);
  SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
  if( newOffset!=id->offset ){
    return -1;
  }
  got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
#endif
  TIMER_END;
  OSTRACE5("READ    %-3d %5d %7lld %d\n", id->h, got, id->offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
  if( got>0 ){
    id->offset += got;
  }
  return got;
}

/*
** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
** wrong.
*/
static int unixRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
  int got;
  assert( id );
  got = seekAndRead((unixFile*)id, pBuf, amt);
  if( got==amt ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else if( got<0 ){
    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
  }else{
    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }
}

/*
** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
*/
static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
  int got;
  i64 newOffset;
  TIMER_START;
#if defined(USE_PREAD)
  got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset);
#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
  got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset);
#else
  newOffset = lseek(id->h, id->offset, SEEK_SET);
  if( newOffset!=id->offset ){
    return -1;
  }
  got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
#endif
  TIMER_END;
  OSTRACE5("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %d\n", id->h, got, id->offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
  if( got>0 ){
    id->offset += got;
  }
  return got;
}


/*
** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
** or some other error code on failure.
*/
static int unixWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
  int wrote = 0;
  assert( id );
  assert( amt>0 );
  while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite((unixFile*)id, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
    amt -= wrote;
    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
  }
  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
  if( amt>0 ){
    if( wrote<0 ){
      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
    }else{
      return SQLITE_FULL;
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
*/
static int unixSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
  assert( id );
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  if( offset ) SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
#endif
  ((unixFile*)id)->offset = offset;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
*/
int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
#endif

/*
** Use the fdatasync() API only if the HAVE_FDATASYNC macro is defined.
** Otherwise use fsync() in its place.
*/
#ifndef HAVE_FDATASYNC
# define fdatasync fsync
#endif

/*
** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
*/
#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
#else
# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
#endif


/*
** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
** it work better.
**
** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s.  This is useful
** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
*/
static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
  int rc;

  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and 
  ** FULLSYNC.  This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
  ** gets called with the correct arguments.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
  sqlite3_sync_count++;
#endif

  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
  ** no-op
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
  rc = SQLITE_OK;
#else

#if HAVE_FULLFSYNC
  if( fullSync ){
    rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
  }else{
    rc = 1;
  }
  /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
   * It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local 
   * file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
   * isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync 
   * and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.  
   * It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid 
   * the fcntl call every time sync is called.
   */
  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);

#else 
  if( dataOnly ){
    rc = fdatasync(fd);
  }else{
    rc = fsync(fd);
  }
#endif /* HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) */

  return rc;
}

/*
** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
**
** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
** file data is synced.
**
** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
*/
static int unixSync(OsFile *id, int dataOnly){
  int rc;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE2("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h);
  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, pFile->fullSync, dataOnly);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc ){
    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC;
  }
  if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
    OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd,
            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, pFile->fullSync);
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
    /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is
    ** turned off or unavailable.  If a full_fsync occurred above,
    ** then the directory sync is superfluous.
    */
    if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !pFile->fullSync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){
       /*
       ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning
       ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems.
       ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal.  So it seems
       ** better to ignore the error.  Ticket #1657
       */
       /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */
    }
#endif
    close(pFile->dirfd);  /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory */
    pFile->dirfd = -1;    /* when we are done. */
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
** than UNIX.
**
** This is used to make sure the master journal file has truely been deleted
** before making changes to individual journals on a multi-database commit.
** The F_FULLFSYNC option is not needed here.
*/
int sqlite3UnixSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
  return SQLITE_OK;
#else
  int fd;
  int r;
  fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
  OSTRACE3("DIRSYNC %-3d (%s)\n", fd, zDirname);
  if( fd<0 ){
    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
  }
  r = fsync(fd);
  close(fd);
  SimulateIOError( r=1 );
  if( r ){
    return SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC;
  }else{
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
static int unixTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){
  int rc;
  assert( id );
  rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, nByte);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc ){
    return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
  }else{
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

/*
** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
*/
static int unixFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
  int rc;
  struct stat buf;
  assert( id );
  rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc!=0 ){
    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
  }
  *pSize = buf.st_size;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
** non-zero.  If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then
** return zero.
*/
static int unixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
  int r = 0;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;

  assert( pFile );
  sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */

  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
  if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
    r = 1;
  }

  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
  */
  if( !r ){
    struct flock lock;
    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 1;
    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
    fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock);
    if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
      r = 1;
    }
  }
  
  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r);

  return r;
}

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
**    SHARED -> RESERVED
**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
static int unixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
  /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
  ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
  ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
  ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
  ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
  ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
  **
  ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
  ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
  ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
  **
  ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
  ** byte'.  If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
  ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
  **
  ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
  ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
  ** 'reserved byte'. 
  **
  ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
  ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
  ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
  ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
  ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
  ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
  ** after a crash.
  **
  ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
  ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
  ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
  ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
  ** database. 
  **
  ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
  ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
  */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  struct lockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock;
  struct flock lock;
  int s;

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE7("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
      locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
      locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid());

  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
  */
  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
    OSTRACE3("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
            locktypeName(locktype));
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
  */
  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );

  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
  */
  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();

  /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
  */
  rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    return rc;
  }
  pLock = pFile->pLock;

  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different OsFile*
  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
  */
  if( (pFile->locktype!=pLock->locktype && 
          (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK))
  ){
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    goto end_lock;
  }

  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
  ** return SQLITE_OK.
  */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && 
      (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
    assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
    assert( pFile->locktype==0 );
    assert( pLock->cnt>0 );
    pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    pLock->cnt++;
    pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
    goto end_lock;
  }

  lock.l_len = 1L;

  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;

  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
  ** be released.
  */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
  ){
    lock.l_type = (locktype==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
    if( s==(-1) ){
      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
      goto end_lock;
    }
  }


  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
  */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
    assert( pLock->cnt==0 );
    assert( pLock->locktype==0 );

    /* Now get the read-lock */
    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);

    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 1L;
    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
    if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
      goto end_lock;
    }
    if( s==(-1) ){
      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
    }else{
      pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
      pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
      pLock->cnt = 1;
    }
  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){
    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
    ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }else{
    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
    ** already.
    */
    assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
    switch( locktype ){
      case RESERVED_LOCK:
        lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
        break;
      case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK:
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
        break;
      default:
        assert(0);
    }
    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
    if( s==(-1) ){
      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
  }
  
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
    pLock->locktype = locktype;
  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
    pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
    pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
  }

end_lock:
  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static int unixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
  struct lockInfo *pLock;
  struct flock lock;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE7("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
      pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid());

  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  pLock = pFile->pLock;
  assert( pLock->cnt!=0 );
  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
    assert( pLock->locktype==pFile->locktype );
    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
      lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
      if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){
        /* This should never happen */
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
      }
    }
    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
    if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
      pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
    }
  }
  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
    struct openCnt *pOpen;

    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
    ** the lock.
    */
    pLock->cnt--;
    if( pLock->cnt==0 ){
      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
      if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
        pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
      }else{
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
      }
    }

    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
    */
    pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
    pOpen->nLock--;
    assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
    if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<pOpen->nPending; i++){
        close(pOpen->aPending[i]);
      }
      free(pOpen->aPending);
      pOpen->nPending = 0;
      pOpen->aPending = 0;
    }
  }
  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  pFile->locktype = locktype;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Close a file.
*/
static int unixClose(OsFile **pId){
  unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;

  if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK;
  unixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK);
  if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
  id->dirfd = -1;
  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();

  if( id->pOpen->nLock ){
    /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
    ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
    ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
    ** the last lock is cleared.
    */
    int *aNew;
    struct openCnt *pOpen = id->pOpen;
    aNew = realloc( pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) );
    if( aNew==0 ){
      /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */
    }else{
      pOpen->aPending = aNew;
      pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = id->h;
      pOpen->nPending++;
    }
  }else{
    /* There are no outstanding locks so we can close the file immediately */
    close(id->h);
  }
  releaseLockInfo(id->pLock);
  releaseOpenCnt(id->pOpen);

  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  id->isOpen = 0;
  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", id->h);
  OpenCounter(-1);
  sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
  *pId = 0;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
#pragma mark AFP Support

/*
 ** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
 */
typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
struct afpLockingContext {
  unsigned long long sharedLockByte;
  char *filePath;
};

struct ByteRangeLockPB2
{
  unsigned long long offset;        /* offset to first byte to lock */
  unsigned long long length;        /* nbr of bytes to lock */
  unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
  unsigned char unLockFlag;         /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
  unsigned char startEndFlag;       /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
  int fd;                           /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
};

#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL    _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)

/* return 0 on success, 1 on failure.  To match the behavior of the 
  normal posix file locking (used in unixLock for example), we should 
  provide 'richer' return codes - specifically to differentiate between
  'file busy' and 'file system error' results */
static int _AFPFSSetLock(const char *path, int fd, unsigned long long offset, 
                         unsigned long long length, int setLockFlag)
{
  struct ByteRangeLockPB2     pb;
  int                     err;
  
  pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
  pb.startEndFlag = 0;
  pb.offset = offset;
  pb.length = length; 
  pb.fd = fd;
  OSTRACE5("AFPLOCK setting lock %s for %d in range %llx:%llx\n", 
    (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), fd, offset, length);
  err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
  if ( err==-1 ) {
    OSTRACE4("AFPLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", path, errno, 
      strerror(errno));
    return 1; /* error */
  } else {
    return 0;
  }
}

/*
 ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
 ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
 ** non-zero.  If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then
 ** return zero.
 */
static int afpUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
  int r = 0;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  
  assert( pFile ); 
  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  
  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
    r = 1;
  }
  
  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
   */
  if ( !r ) {
    /* lock the byte */
    int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);  
    if (failed) {
      /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
      r = 1;
    } else {
      /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
      ** the original state */
      _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
    }
  }
  OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r);
  
  return r;
}

/* AFP-style locking following the behavior of unixLock, see the unixLock 
** function comments for details of lock management. */
static int afpUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype)
{
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  int gotPendingLock = 0;
  
  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE5("LOCK    %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
         locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid());  
  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
    ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
    ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
    */
  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
    OSTRACE3("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
           locktypeName(locktype));
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
    */
  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
  
  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
    */
  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();

  /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
    */
  rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    return rc;
  }
    
  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
    ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
    ** be released.
    */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
      ){
    int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, 
      PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
    if (failed) {
      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
      goto afp_end_lock;
    }
  }
  
  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
    ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
    */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
    int lk, failed;
    int tries = 0;
    
    /* Now get the read-lock */
    /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
    lk = random(); 
    context->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
    failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, 
      SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
    
    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
    if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)) {
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
      goto afp_end_lock;
    }
    
    if( failed ){
      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    } else {
      pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    }
  }else{
    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
    ** already.
    */
    int failed = 0;
    assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
    if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) {
        /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
    }
    if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
      /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
        
      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to 
      ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the  afpUnixUnlock
      */
      if (!_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST +
                         context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0)) {
        /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 
                               SHARED_SIZE, 1);
        if (failed && _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST +
                                    context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) {
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* this should never happen */
        }
      } else {
        /* */
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* this should never happen */
      }
    }
    if( failed && rc == SQLITE_OK){
      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
  }
  
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
    pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
  }
  
afp_end_lock:
    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
         rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
  return rc;
}

/*
 ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
 ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
 **
 ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
 ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
 */
static int afpUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  struct flock lock;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
         pFile->locktype, getpid());
  
  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
      int failed = 0;

      /* unlock the exclusive range - then re-establish the shared lock */
      if (pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 
                                 SHARED_SIZE, 0);
        if (!failed) {
          /* successfully removed the exclusive lock */
          if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+
                            context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) {
            /* failed to re-establish our shared lock */
            rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* This should never happen */
          }
        } else {
          /* This should never happen - failed to unlock the exclusive range */
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
        } 
      }
    }
    if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK) {
      if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)){
        /* failed to release the pending lock */
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
      }
    } 
    if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK) {
      if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0)) {
        /* failed to release the reserved lock */
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
      }
    } 
  }
  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
    int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, 
                               SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
    if (failed) {
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
    }
  }
  if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  return rc;
}

/*
 ** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
 */
static int afpUnixClose(OsFile **pId) {
  unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;
  
  if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK;
  afpUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK);
  /* free the AFP locking structure */
  if (id->lockingContext != NULL) {
    if (((afpLockingContext *)id->lockingContext)->filePath != NULL)
      sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(((afpLockingContext*)id->lockingContext)->filePath);
    sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id->lockingContext);
  }
  
  if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
  id->dirfd = -1;
  close(id->h);
  id->isOpen = 0;
  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", id->h);
  OpenCounter(-1);
  sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
  *pId = 0;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


#pragma mark flock() style locking

/*
 ** The flockLockingContext is not used
 */
typedef void flockLockingContext;

static int flockUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  
  if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) {
    return 1; /* already have a reserved lock */
  } else {
    /* attempt to get the lock */
    int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
    if (!rc) {
      /* got the lock, unlock it */
      flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
      return 0;  /* no one has it reserved */
    }
    return 1; /* someone else might have it reserved */
  }
}

static int flockUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  
  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
  // Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
  if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* grab an exclusive lock */
  int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
  if (rc) {
    /* didn't get, must be busy */
    return SQLITE_BUSY;
  } else {
    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

static int flockUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  
  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  
  /* no-op if possible */
  if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
  if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) {
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* no, really, unlock. */
  int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
  if (rc)
    return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
  else {
    pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

/*
 ** Close a file.
 */
static int flockUnixClose(OsFile **pId) {
  unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;
  
  if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK;
  flockUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK);
  
  if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
  id->dirfd = -1;
  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  
  close(id->h);  
  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  id->isOpen = 0;
  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", id->h);
  OpenCounter(-1);
  sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
  *pId = 0;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#pragma mark Old-School .lock file based locking

/*
 ** The dotlockLockingContext structure contains all dotlock (.lock) lock
 ** specific state
 */
typedef struct dotlockLockingContext dotlockLockingContext;
struct dotlockLockingContext {
  char *lockPath;
};


static int dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  dotlockLockingContext *context = 
    (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  
  if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) {
    return 1; /* already have a reserved lock */
  } else {
    struct stat statBuf;
    if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0)
      /* file exists, someone else has the lock */
      return 1;
    else
      /* file does not exist, we could have it if we want it */
      return 0;
  }
}

static int dotlockUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  dotlockLockingContext *context = 
    (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  
  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
  // Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
  if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
    
    /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
    utimes(context->lockPath,NULL);
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* check to see if lock file already exists */
  struct stat statBuf;
  if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0){
    return SQLITE_BUSY; // it does, busy
  }
  
  /* grab an exclusive lock */
  int fd = open(context->lockPath,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600);
  if (fd < 0) {
    /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */
    return SQLITE_BUSY; 
  }
  close(fd);
  
  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
  pFile->locktype = locktype;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

static int dotlockUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  dotlockLockingContext *context = 
    (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  
  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  
  /* no-op if possible */
  if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
  if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) {
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* no, really, unlock. */
  unlink(context->lockPath);
  pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
 ** Close a file.
 */
static int dotlockUnixClose(OsFile **pId) {
  unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;
  
  if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK;
  dotlockUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK);
  /* free the dotlock locking structure */
  if (id->lockingContext != NULL) {
    if (((dotlockLockingContext *)id->lockingContext)->lockPath != NULL)
      sqlite3ThreadSafeFree( ( (dotlockLockingContext *)
        id->lockingContext)->lockPath);
    sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id->lockingContext);
  }
  
  if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
  id->dirfd = -1;
  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  
  close(id->h);
  
  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  id->isOpen = 0;
  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", id->h);
  OpenCounter(-1);
  sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
  *pId = 0;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


#pragma mark No locking

/*
 ** The nolockLockingContext is void
 */
typedef void nolockLockingContext;

static int nolockUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id) {
  return 0;
}

static int nolockUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

static int nolockUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
 ** Close a file.
 */
static int nolockUnixClose(OsFile **pId) {
  unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;
  
  if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK;
  if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
  id->dirfd = -1;
  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  
  close(id->h);
  
  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  id->isOpen = 0;
  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", id->h);
  OpenCounter(-1);
  sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
  *pId = 0;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
** is no longer needed.
*/
char *sqlite3UnixFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
  char *zFull = 0;
  if( zRelative[0]=='/' ){
    sqlite3SetString(&zFull, zRelative, (char*)0);
  }else{
    char *zBuf = sqliteMalloc(5000);
    if( zBuf==0 ){
      return 0;
    }
    zBuf[0] = 0;
    sqlite3SetString(&zFull, getcwd(zBuf, 5000), "/", zRelative,
                    (char*)0);
    sqliteFree(zBuf);
  }

#if 0
  /*
  ** Remove "/./" path elements and convert "/A/./" path elements
  ** to just "/".
  */
  if( zFull ){
    int i, j;
    for(i=j=0; zFull[i]; i++){
      if( zFull[i]=='/' ){
        if( zFull[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
        if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='/' ){
          i += 1;
          continue;
        }
        if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='.' && zFull[i+3]=='/' ){
          while( j>0 && zFull[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
          i += 3;
          continue;
        }
      }
      zFull[j++] = zFull[i];
    }
    zFull[j] = 0;
  }
#endif

  return zFull;
}

/*
** Change the value of the fullsync flag in the given file descriptor.
*/
static void unixSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int v){
  ((unixFile*)id)->fullSync = v;
}

/*
** Return the underlying file handle for an OsFile
*/
static int unixFileHandle(OsFile *id){
  return ((unixFile*)id)->h;
}

/*
** Return an integer that indices the type of lock currently held
** by this handle.  (Used for testing and analysis only.)
*/
static int unixLockState(OsFile *id){
  return ((unixFile*)id)->locktype;
}

/*
** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
** larger for some devices.
**
** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
** a database and it's journal file) that the sector size will be the
** same for both.
*/
static int unixSectorSize(OsFile *id){
  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}

/*
** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
** for unix.
*/
static const IoMethod sqlite3UnixIoMethod = {
  unixClose,
  unixOpenDirectory,
  unixRead,
  unixWrite,
  unixSeek,
  unixTruncate,
  unixSync,
  unixSetFullSync,
  unixFileHandle,
  unixFileSize,
  unixLock,
  unixUnlock,
  unixLockState,
  unixCheckReservedLock,
  unixSectorSize,
};

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
 ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
 ** for unix with AFP style file locking.
 */
static const IoMethod sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod = {
    afpUnixClose,
    unixOpenDirectory,
    unixRead,
    unixWrite,
    unixSeek,
    unixTruncate,
    unixSync,
    unixSetFullSync,
    unixFileHandle,
    unixFileSize,
    afpUnixLock,
    afpUnixUnlock,
    unixLockState,
    afpUnixCheckReservedLock,
    unixSectorSize,
};

/*
 ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
 ** for unix with flock() style file locking.
 */
static const IoMethod sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod = {
    flockUnixClose,
    unixOpenDirectory,
    unixRead,
    unixWrite,
    unixSeek,
    unixTruncate,
    unixSync,
    unixSetFullSync,
    unixFileHandle,
    unixFileSize,
    flockUnixLock,
    flockUnixUnlock,
    unixLockState,
    flockUnixCheckReservedLock,
    unixSectorSize,
};

/*
 ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
 ** for unix with dotlock style file locking.
 */
static const IoMethod sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod = {
    dotlockUnixClose,
    unixOpenDirectory,
    unixRead,
    unixWrite,
    unixSeek,
    unixTruncate,
    unixSync,
    unixSetFullSync,
    unixFileHandle,
    unixFileSize,
    dotlockUnixLock,
    dotlockUnixUnlock,
    unixLockState,
    dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock,
    unixSectorSize,
};

/*
 ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
 ** for unix with dotlock style file locking.
 */
static const IoMethod sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod = {
  nolockUnixClose,
  unixOpenDirectory,
  unixRead,
  unixWrite,
  unixSeek,
  unixTruncate,
  unixSync,
  unixSetFullSync,
  unixFileHandle,
  unixFileSize,
  nolockUnixLock,
  nolockUnixUnlock,
  unixLockState,
  nolockUnixCheckReservedLock,
  unixSectorSize,
};

#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** Allocate memory for a new unixFile and initialize that unixFile.
** Write a pointer to the new unixFile into *pId.
** If we run out of memory, close the file and return an error.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/* 
 ** When locking extensions are enabled, the filepath and locking style 
 ** are needed to determine the unixFile pMethod to use for locking operations.
 ** The locking-style specific lockingContext data structure is created 
 ** and assigned here also.
 */
static int allocateUnixFile(
  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
  OsFile **pId,           /* Write completed initialization here */
  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file being opened */
  int delFlag             /* Delete-on-or-before-close flag */
){
  sqlite3LockingStyle lockingStyle;
  unixFile *pNew;
  unixFile f;
  int rc;

  memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
  lockingStyle = sqlite3DetectLockingStyle(zFilename, h);
  if ( lockingStyle == posixLockingStyle ) {
    sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    rc = findLockInfo(h, &f.pLock, &f.pOpen);
    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    if( rc ){
      close(h);
      unlink(zFilename);
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  } else {
    /*  pLock and pOpen are only used for posix advisory locking  */
    f.pLock = NULL;
    f.pOpen = NULL;
  }
  if( delFlag ){
    unlink(zFilename);
  }
  f.dirfd = -1;
  f.h = h;
  SET_THREADID(&f);
  pNew = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(unixFile) );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    close(h);
    sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    releaseLockInfo(f.pLock);
    releaseOpenCnt(f.pOpen);
    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    *pId = 0;
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    *pNew = f;
    switch(lockingStyle) {
      case afpLockingStyle:
        /* afp locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
        ** the afpLockingContext */
        pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod;
        pNew->lockingContext = 
          sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(sizeof(afpLockingContext));
        ((afpLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->filePath = 
          sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(strlen(zFilename) + 1);
        strcpy(((afpLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->filePath, 
               zFilename);
        srandomdev();
        break;
      case flockLockingStyle:
        /* flock locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */
        pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod;
        break;
      case dotlockLockingStyle:
        /* dotlock locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
         ** the dotlockLockingContext */
        pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod;
        pNew->lockingContext = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(
          sizeof(dotlockLockingContext));
        ((dotlockLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->lockPath = 
            sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(strlen(zFilename) + strlen(".lock") + 1);
        sprintf(((dotlockLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->lockPath, 
                "%s.lock", zFilename);
        break;
      case posixLockingStyle:
        /* posix locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */
        pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3UnixIoMethod;
        break;
      case noLockingStyle:
      case unsupportedLockingStyle:
      default: 
        pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod;
    }
    *pId = (OsFile*)pNew;
    OpenCounter(+1);
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
}
#else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
static int allocateUnixFile(
  int h,                 /* Open file descriptor on file being opened */
  OsFile **pId,          /* Write the resul unixFile structure here */
  const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */
  int delFlag            /* If true, delete the file on or before closing */
){
  unixFile *pNew;
  unixFile f;
  int rc;

  memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  rc = findLockInfo(h, &f.pLock, &f.pOpen);
  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  if( delFlag ){
    unlink(zFilename);
  }
  if( rc ){
    close(h);
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  OSTRACE3("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename);
  f.dirfd = -1;
  f.h = h;
  SET_THREADID(&f);
  pNew = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(unixFile) );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    close(h);
    sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    releaseLockInfo(f.pLock);
    releaseOpenCnt(f.pOpen);
    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    *pId = 0;
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    *pNew = f;
    pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3UnixIoMethod;
    *pId = (OsFile*)pNew;
    OpenCounter(+1);
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
/***************************************************************************
** Everything above deals with file I/O.  Everything that follows deals
** with other miscellanous aspects of the operating system interface
****************************************************************************/


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
*/
#include <dlfcn.h>
void *sqlite3UnixDlopen(const char *zFilename){
  return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
}
void *sqlite3UnixDlsym(void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
  return dlsym(pHandle, zSymbol);
}
int sqlite3UnixDlclose(void *pHandle){
  return dlclose(pHandle);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */

/*
** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
*/
int sqlite3UnixRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
  ** in the random seed.
  **
  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.  This makes the
  ** tests repeatable.
  */
  memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
  {
    int pid, fd;
    fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY);
    if( fd<0 ){
      time_t t;
      time(&t);
      memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
      pid = getpid();
      memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(time_t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
    }else{
      read(fd, zBuf, 256);
      close(fd);
    }
  }
#endif
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
** The argument is the number of milliseconds we want to sleep.
*/
int sqlite3UnixSleep(int ms){
#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
  usleep(ms*1000);
  return ms;
#else
  sleep((ms+999)/1000);
  return 1000*((ms+999)/1000);
#endif
}

/*
** Static variables used for thread synchronization.
**
** inMutex      the nesting depth of the recursive mutex.  The thread
**              holding mutexMain can read this variable at any time.
**              But is must hold mutexAux to change this variable.  Other
**              threads must hold mutexAux to read the variable and can
**              never write.
**
** mutexOwner   The thread id of the thread holding mutexMain.  Same
**              access rules as for inMutex.
**
** mutexOwnerValid   True if the value in mutexOwner is valid.  The same
**                   access rules apply as for inMutex.
**
** mutexMain    The main mutex.  Hold this mutex in order to get exclusive
**              access to SQLite data structures.
**
** mutexAux     An auxiliary mutex needed to access variables defined above.
**
** Mutexes are always acquired in this order: mutexMain mutexAux.   It
** is not necessary to acquire mutexMain in order to get mutexAux - just
** do not attempt to acquire them in the reverse order: mutexAux mutexMain.
** Either get the mutexes with mutexMain first or get mutexAux only.
**
** When running on a platform where the three variables inMutex, mutexOwner,
** and mutexOwnerValid can be set atomically, the mutexAux is not required.
** On many systems, all three are 32-bit integers and writing to a 32-bit
** integer is atomic.  I think.  But there are no guarantees.  So it seems
** safer to protect them using mutexAux.
*/
static int inMutex = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
static pthread_t mutexOwner;          /* Thread holding mutexMain */
static int mutexOwnerValid = 0;       /* True if mutexOwner is valid */
static pthread_mutex_t mutexMain = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; /* The mutex */
static pthread_mutex_t mutexAux = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;  /* Aux mutex */
#endif

/*
** The following pair of routine implement mutual exclusion for
** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
**
** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
**
** As of version 3.3.2, this mutex must be recursive.
*/
void sqlite3UnixEnterMutex(){
#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux);
  if( !mutexOwnerValid || !pthread_equal(mutexOwner, pthread_self()) ){
    pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux);
    pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexMain);
    assert( inMutex==0 );
    assert( !mutexOwnerValid );
    pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux);
    mutexOwner = pthread_self();
    mutexOwnerValid = 1;
  }
  inMutex++;
  pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux);
#else
  inMutex++;
#endif
}
void sqlite3UnixLeaveMutex(){
  assert( inMutex>0 );
#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux);
  inMutex--;
  assert( pthread_equal(mutexOwner, pthread_self()) );
  if( inMutex==0 ){
    assert( mutexOwnerValid );
    mutexOwnerValid = 0;
    pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexMain);
  }
  pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux);
#else
  inMutex--;
#endif
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the mutex is currently held.
**
** If the thisThrd parameter is true, return true only if the
** calling thread holds the mutex.  If the parameter is false, return
** true if any thread holds the mutex.
*/
int sqlite3UnixInMutex(int thisThrd){
#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  int rc;
  pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux);
  rc = inMutex>0 && (thisThrd==0 || pthread_equal(mutexOwner,pthread_self()));
  pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux);
  return rc;
#else
  return inMutex>0;
#endif
}

/*
** Remember the number of thread-specific-data blocks allocated.
** Use this to verify that we are not leaking thread-specific-data.
** Ticket #1601
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_tsd_count = 0;
# ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
    static pthread_mutex_t tsd_counter_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
#   define TSD_COUNTER(N) \
             pthread_mutex_lock(&tsd_counter_mutex); \
             sqlite3_tsd_count += N; \
             pthread_mutex_unlock(&tsd_counter_mutex);
# else
#   define TSD_COUNTER(N)  sqlite3_tsd_count += N
# endif
#else
# define TSD_COUNTER(N)  /* no-op */
#endif

/*
** If called with allocateFlag>0, then return a pointer to thread
** specific data for the current thread.  Allocate and zero the
** thread-specific data if it does not already exist.
**
** If called with allocateFlag==0, then check the current thread
** specific data.  Return it if it exists.  If it does not exist,
** then return NULL.
**
** If called with allocateFlag<0, check to see if the thread specific
** data is allocated and is all zero.  If it is then deallocate it.
** Return a pointer to the thread specific data or NULL if it is
** unallocated or gets deallocated.
*/
ThreadData *sqlite3UnixThreadSpecificData(int allocateFlag){
  static const ThreadData zeroData = {0};  /* Initializer to silence warnings
                                           ** from broken compilers */
#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  static pthread_key_t key;
  static int keyInit = 0;
  ThreadData *pTsd;

  if( !keyInit ){
    sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    if( !keyInit ){
      int rc;
      rc = pthread_key_create(&key, 0);
      if( rc ){
        sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
        return 0;
      }
      keyInit = 1;
    }
    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  }

  pTsd = pthread_getspecific(key);
  if( allocateFlag>0 ){
    if( pTsd==0 ){
      if( !sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){
        pTsd = sqlite3OsMalloc(sizeof(zeroData));
      }
#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
      sqlite3_isFail = 0;
#endif
      if( pTsd ){
        *pTsd = zeroData;
        pthread_setspecific(key, pTsd);
        TSD_COUNTER(+1);
      }
    }
  }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0 
            && memcmp(pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData))==0 ){
    sqlite3OsFree(pTsd);
    pthread_setspecific(key, 0);
    TSD_COUNTER(-1);
    pTsd = 0;
  }
  return pTsd;
#else
  static ThreadData *pTsd = 0;
  if( allocateFlag>0 ){
    if( pTsd==0 ){
      if( !sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){
        pTsd = sqlite3OsMalloc( sizeof(zeroData) );
      }
#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
      sqlite3_isFail = 0;
#endif
      if( pTsd ){
        *pTsd = zeroData;
        TSD_COUNTER(+1);
      }
    }
  }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0
            && memcmp(pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData))==0 ){
    sqlite3OsFree(pTsd);
    TSD_COUNTER(-1);
    pTsd = 0;
  }
  return pTsd;
#endif
}

/*
** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
#endif

/*
** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
*/
int sqlite3UnixCurrentTime(double *prNow){
#ifdef NO_GETTOD
  time_t t;
  time(&t);
  *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
#else
  struct timeval sNow;
#ifdef _SVID_GETTOD
  gettimeofday(&sNow);
#else
  gettimeofday(&sNow, 0);
#endif
  *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0;
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
  }
#endif
  return 0;
}

#endif /* OS_UNIX */

/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
*/
#if OS_WIN               /* This file is used for windows only */

#include <winbase.h>

#ifdef __CYGWIN__
# include <sys/cygwin.h>
#endif

/*
** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
*/
#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
#endif

/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
** files.
**
** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
** general purpose header file.
*/

/*
** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif


/*
 * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
 * pending-byte in the database file.
 */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
#endif

int sqlite3_os_trace = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
    if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
    if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#else
#define OSTRACE1(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#endif

/*
** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
** on i486 hardware.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
  unsigned long long int x;
  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
          :"=A" (x));
  return x;
}
static unsigned long long int g_start;
static unsigned int elapse;
#define TIMER_START       g_start=hwtime()
#define TIMER_END         elapse=hwtime()-g_start
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     elapse
#else
#define TIMER_START
#define TIMER_END
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     0
#endif

/*
** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;
int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;
int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;
int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
  if( sqlite3_io_error_pending || sqlite3_io_error_hit ) \
     if( sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 \
         || (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) ) \
                { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
static void local_ioerr(){
  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
  sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1;
}
#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
       local_ioerr(); \
       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
       CODE; \
     }else{ \
       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
     } \
   }
#else
#define SimulateIOError(A)
#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
#endif

/*
** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
#else
#define OpenCounter(X)
#endif

/*
** sqlite3GenericMalloc
** sqlite3GenericRealloc
** sqlite3GenericOsFree
** sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
**
** Implementation of the os level dynamic memory allocation interface in terms
** of the standard malloc(), realloc() and free() found in many operating
** systems. No rocket science here.
**
** There are two versions of these four functions here. The version
** implemented here is only used if memory-management or memory-debugging is
** enabled. This version allocates an extra 8-bytes at the beginning of each
** block and stores the size of the allocation there.
**
** If neither memory-management or debugging is enabled, the second
** set of implementations is used instead.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || defined (SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)
void *sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
  char *p = (char *)malloc(n+8);
  assert(n>0);
  assert(sizeof(int)<=8);
  if( p ){
    *(int *)p = n;
    p += 8;
  }
  return (void *)p;
}
void *sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
  char *p2 = ((char *)p - 8);
  assert(n>0);
  p2 = (char*)realloc(p2, n+8);
  if( p2 ){
    *(int *)p2 = n;
    p2 += 8;
  }
  return (void *)p2;
}
void sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
  assert(p);
  free((void *)((char *)p - 8));
}
int sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){
  return p ? *(int *)((char *)p - 8) : 0;
}
#else
void *sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
  char *p = (char *)malloc(n);
  return (void *)p;
}
void *sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
  assert(n>0);
  p = realloc(p, n);
  return p;
}
void sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
  assert(p);
  free(p);
}
/* Never actually used, but needed for the linker */
int sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){ return 0; }
#endif

/*
** The default size of a disk sector
*/
#ifndef PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE
# define PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE 512
#endif

/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/

/*
** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
** reduced API.
*/
#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
# define OS_WINCE 1
# define AreFileApisANSI() 1
#else
# define OS_WINCE 0
#endif

/*
** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
** with some code of our own.
*/
#if OS_WINCE
typedef struct winceLock {
  int nReaders;       /* Number of reader locks obtained */
  BOOL bPending;      /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
  BOOL bReserved;     /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
  BOOL bExclusive;    /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
} winceLock;
#endif

/*
** The winFile structure is a subclass of OsFile specific to the win32
** portability layer.
*/
typedef struct winFile winFile;
struct winFile {
  IoMethod const *pMethod;/* Must be first */
  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
  unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
#if OS_WINCE
  WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */  
  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
#endif
};


/*
** Do not include any of the File I/O interface procedures if the
** SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO macro is defined (indicating that there database
** will be in-memory only)
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO

/*
** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
** thereafter.  It records whether the operating system is Win95
** or WinNT.
**
** 0:   Operating system unknown.
** 1:   Operating system is Win95.
** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
**
** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
*/
int sqlite3_os_type = 0;

/*
** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
**
** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
** the LockFileEx() API.
*/
#if OS_WINCE
# define isNT()  (1)
#else
  static int isNT(void){
    if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
      sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
    }
    return sqlite3_os_type==2;
  }
#endif /* OS_WINCE */

/*
** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). 
**
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqliteMalloc.
*/
static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
  int nChar;
  WCHAR *zWideFilename;

  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
  zWideFilename = sqliteMalloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
  if( zWideFilename==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar);
  if( nChar==0 ){
    sqliteFree(zWideFilename);
    zWideFilename = 0;
  }
  return zWideFilename;
}

/*
** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8.  Space to hold the returned string is
** obtained from sqliteMalloc().
*/
static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
  int nByte;
  char *zFilename;

  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
  zFilename = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
  if( zFilename==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
                              0, 0);
  if( nByte == 0 ){
    sqliteFree(zFilename);
    zFilename = 0;
  }
  return zFilename;
}

/*
** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the
** current codepage settings for file apis.
** 
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
** from sqliteMalloc.
*/
static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
  int nByte;
  WCHAR *zMbcsFilename;
  int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;

  nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
  zMbcsFilename = sqliteMalloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
  if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte);
  if( nByte==0 ){
    sqliteFree(zMbcsFilename);
    zMbcsFilename = 0;
  }
  return zMbcsFilename;
}

/*
** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the
** user's Ansi codepage.
**
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
** sqliteMalloc().
*/
static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
  int nByte;
  char *zFilename;
  int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;

  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
  zFilename = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
  if( zFilename==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
                              0, 0);
  if( nByte == 0 ){
    sqliteFree(zFilename);
    zFilename = 0;
  }
  return zFilename;
}

/*
** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8.  Space to hold the
** returned string is obtained from sqliteMalloc().
*/
static char *mbcsToUtf8(const char *zFilename){
  char *zFilen